Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Credit Services / PRA Group, Inc.

PRA Group, Inc.

praa · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker praa
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Credit Services
Employees 2991
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · PRA Group, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Growth

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
2011 Annual Report

1

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (PRA) is a 

specialized financial and business services company. 

A market leader in the consumer debt purchase 

and collection industry, the company also provides 

a broad range of fee-based services through its 

subsidiaries. PRA is distinguished by its strong focus 

on customer and client needs, continuous innovation, 

and a culture of transparency and compliance.

PRA was founded in 1996. Since 2002, its shares  

have been publicly traded on the NASDAQ Global 

Select Market under the ticker symbol “PRAA.” 

Full-year 2011 earnings were $100.8 million or 

$5.85 per diluted share. In 2011, the company  

invested $408 million in purchased portfolios that 

totaled $9.8 billion in aggregate face amount. 

At year end, the company employed more than 

2,600 people throughout the United States.

A Growing, Diversified Financial Services Company

Portfolio Recovery Associates  
Revenue (in millions)  

2011 
$458.9

2010 
$372.7

$202.2
Core Asset  
Collections

$107.5
Bankruptcy
Services

$63.0  
Fee-for- 
Service  
Businesses

$259.2 

Core Asset  
Collections

$142.7
Bankruptcy
Services

$57.0  
Fee-for- 
Service  
Businesses

1

Letter to Shareholders

By almost any measure, 2011 was Portfolio recovery 
Associates’ best year ever. once again, our strong 
performance and adherence to our operating principles 
allowed us to set new records for revenue, net income 
and total collections. In 2011, PrA generated a 23% 
increase in revenue to finish the year at $458.9 million. 
our operating efficiencies drove net income growth 
of 37%, helping us surpass a $100 million net income 
milestone. we also invested more than $400 million in 
new portfolios, as core asset and bankruptcy account 
collections increased 33% to $705.5 million. And we 
did all this while paying down $80 million in debt, 
achieving what we believe to be the best balance sheet 
in the industry.

$100.8 

million in net 
income in 2011 

23%

increase in revenue 
over 2010

I continue to believe that the chief 
reason for our growth is the team 
we’ve assembled – from those 
at the management level, to our 
business unit leaders, to our call 
center associates. they continue to 
exhibit the highest levels of quality 
customer and client service. I am 
proud of each of our employees 
who serve alongside me. we have 
highlighted a few of them on the 
pages that follow this letter. 

to better serve our customers and clients, we continue 
to build and invest in portfolios, infrastructure, 
training and support. By giving the best tools to our 
employees, we continue to drive our company forward 
and provide exceptional service and shareholder value. 
As the scope of our company and our lines of business 
continue to mature, PrA will continue to make 
investments to help achieve our goal of meeting and 
exceeding the highest standards of our industry. 

Core Asset Acquisitions and Collections

our core business of buying charged-off consumer 
debt from leading banks and creditors, then building 
new PrA relationships with those consumers, 
experienced tremendous growth in 2011. Investments 

2

“

The platforms we have built, 

the businesses we have invested 

in, and the scale that we have 

achieved have positioned us not 

only to maintain our position as 

an industry leader, but also to be 
”

ready for the challenges ahead.

in core assets increased by 42% and cash collections 
increased by 25% over 2010. this growth was achieved 
by leveraging our market-leading ability to make 
prudent portfolio-purchasing decisions. our ability to 
intelligently underwrite purchases, while continuously 
streamlining our processes to make collecting on 
those portfolios more efficient, drove our success. we 
understand the dynamics of managing these assets 
better than anyone in the industry. 

As a result, and more than ever before, we have greater 
visibility today into the future expected performance of 
these assets, and I remain very confident that our core 
asset collections business will continue to perform at a 
high level supporting future growth.

when it comes to collecting from customers behind 
on their bills, PrA strives to be the standard by which 
all other firms in our industry are measured, treating 
customers fairly and respectfully in every phone call. I 
am personally committed to achieving this standard. 

Still, we know that regulation, legislation and public 
perception, separately or in tandem, can have a 
negative effect on our brand and our ability to  
perform in the collections business. As a result, we 
believe that an open dialogue with regulators and 
legislators continues to be incredibly important.  
we are proud of our track record in the collection 
industry, and look forward to working collaboratively 
to ensure that our business goals and those of 
legitimate industry participants can be balanced  
with consumer protection.

As we announced at the start of 2012, PrA has further 
diversified the company into international markets 
with the acquisition of Mackenzie hall holdings, 
Ltd., a debt collection and purchase group located in 
Kilmarnock, Scotland, that operates throughout the 
UK. we plan to assist Mackenzie hall in developing 
advanced analytics and modeling in their debt purchase 
underwriting and operational strategies. I believe that 
Mackenzie hall also will help accelerate PrA growth.

I am confident that the platforms we have built, the 
businesses we have invested in, and the scale that we 
have achieved have positioned us not only to maintain 
our position as an industry leader, but also to be 
ready for the challenges ahead. I am grateful for the 
continued support of you and all our shareholders and 
value the trust you have placed in PrA.

Steve Fredrickson
Chairman, President and Chief Executive officer

April 2012

Bankruptcy Services

once again this year, we experienced significant 
contributions from our bankruptcy claims business, 
which increased its collections 48% over 2010. the 
time and effort that we put into building this business 
is continuing to increase our bottom-line results.  
As this business grows, PrA’s continued diligence 
works to ensure that the efficiency and accuracy of 
bankruptcy claims processing continues to set the 
standard. the portfolios we purchased in 2009 and 
2010, at the height of the global financial crisis, 
continue to perform well. In 2011, we purchased 
$195 million in bankrupt accounts. we expect that 
our Bankruptcy Services will continue to grow, 
bolstering PrA as the bankruptcy market leader.

Fee-for-Service Businesses

our fee-for-service businesses continue to contribute 
to our bottom line. Although PrA Location Services’ 
skip-tracing work in 2011 continued to follow the 
direction of the shrinking auto finance market of 
2008-2009, PrA Government Services grew both  
on the top and bottom lines.

we also are continuing to move capital across the 
enterprise to intelligently diversify our company. 
In 2011, PrA Professional Services became its own 
business to focus on auditing and revenue discovery 
in the private sector. this business provides a number 
of services, including lease compliance auditing for 
commercial real estate companies seeking to monitor 
and verify payment agreements with retail clients. 

while we are still reaching critical mass in some 
areas, we fully expect that, over time, PrA 
Location Services, PrA Government Services, PrA 
Professional Services and Claims Compensation 
Bureau will individually and collectively become 
a growing part of our revenue mix. In 2011, these 
businesses comprised 12% of our total revenue.

3

Financial Highlights

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 2009

 2010

 2011

Revenues

Operating income

$ 281,091 

$ 372,706 

$  458,935 

$  80,609 

$ 129,862 

$  178,025 

Net income attributable to PRA

$  44,306 

$  73,454 

$  100,791 

Diluted earnings per share

$ 

2.87

$ 

4.35 

$ 

5.85 

Weighted-average shares (diluted)

  15,454 

  16,885 

Operating margin

Net margin

Return on average equity

Finance receivables, net

Total assets

Total debt

  28.7%

  15.8%

  14.3%

  34.8%

  19.8%

  16.6%

17,230 

38.8%

22.0%

18.5%

$ 693,462 

$ 831,330 

$  926,734 

$ 794,433 

$ 995,908 

$ 1,071,123   

$ 320,799 

$ 302,396 

$  221,246 

Stockholders' equity

$ 335,480 

$ 490,516 

$  595,488 

The Path to Continued Growth  
Core Asset & Bankruptcy Portfolios 
($ in millions)

Estimated Remaining Collections
Cash Collections
Portfolio Purchases

2,000

1,800

1,600

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

4

 
 
 
 
Cash Receipts
Cash collections plus fee  
income ($ in millions)

Return on Equity 
(in percent)

Net Finance Receivables 
($ in millions)

763

18.5

592

17.3

16.6

433

383

14.3

927

831

693

564

2008

2009

2010

2011

2008

2009

2010

2011

2008

2009

2010

2011

Net Income 
($ in millions)

Revenues 
($ in millions)

Stockholders’ Equity 
($ in millions)

101

74

459

373

595

491

45

44

281

263

335

284

2008

2009

2010

2011

2008

2009

2010

2011

2008

2009

2010

2011

Portfolio Purchases 2002 - 2011 
($ in millions)

Core Asset

Bankruptcy

400

300

200

100

0

408

367

280

289

264

150

112

42

62

61

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

5

Core Asset Acquisitions and Collections

Portfolio recovery Associates’ core business acquires 

PrA invested $213.4 million in core assets in 

portfolios of distressed consumer receivables, largely 

2011, a 42% increase over 2010. During 2011, 

credit-card debt, typically direct from leading banks, 

PrA leveraged its strong relationships with credit 

finance companies, and service providers. these 

grantors to renew many of its current forward-flow 

receivables have been charged off from their books. 

agreements while winning bids for new agreements.

when PrA invests in these portfolios, it provides 

capital to sellers, strengthening their ability to lend 

In 2011, PrA call center representatives successfully 

or offer goods and services at more attractive prices 

worked with customers to develop a record number 

for all consumers. 

of fair payment solutions within customers’ monthly 

budgets, collecting an unprecedented number of 

Upon acquiring these accounts, PrA builds 

payments. PrA works closely with its customers 

relationships with customers to pay down or pay off 

so that they can avoid making the same debt-

their debt. And, by repaying their debt, customers 

management mistakes of the past. 

may help themselves restore their credit ratings 

and regain their access to essential credit in an 

the success of PrA’s core business has been fueled  

environment where there are fewer credit choices 

by the skill and dedication of PrA’s team; the 

than in the past. Because PrA doesn’t resell its 

company’s transformative statistical modeling that 

portfolios to others, the company can build 

targets customers who are able to pay down debt; and 

long-term relationships and accept flexible payment 

continued investments in key technologies designed 

plans from those customers who ultimately want  

to optimize collections and improve the quality of 

to resolve their bills or delinquent loans. 

service delivery. 

PrA’s portfolio purchasing business benefits from a 

stream of cash collections that becomes part of each 

new purchase. Because the company can leverage more 

than 15 years of data to carefully price the portfolios it 

acquires, shareholders can be confident that PrA will 

make smart debt-purchasing decisions with targeted 

rates of return in its collection business. 

Core Asset Cash Collections  
by Year (in millions)

2009
$282

2010
$343

2011
$429

6

Wendy Morales

Senior Account Executive
PRA Operations

My job as a collector is really three 
jobs in one. I listen to the customer, 
understand what’s going on in their 
life, and then assist them with their 
financial situation. I handle all sorts 
of accounts, from utility bills to credit 
cards. No day is the same. But no 
matter what the circumstances are, I 
treat others as I’d like to be treated: 
with respect.

When people ask me what makes a 
great collector, I say it’s the ability to 
listen and the desire to help people. 
But you also need to be able to try 
new approaches, adapt to what 
you’re hearing on the phone, set 
personal goals, think ahead and 
accept change.

During the 13 years I’ve been with 
PRA, I’ve seen a lot of growth and 
change. All I can say is that it’s  
been wonderful.

increase in collections 
from customers 
in 2011

This business benefits from a stream of cash collections, and 
achieved a record number of customer payments in 2011.

7

 25%Bankruptcy Services

Through the acquisition of new bankruptcy court 

Bankrupt customer accounts 

claims, Bankruptcy Services makes up a substantial 

represented 48% of PRA’s total 

portion of PRA’s customer debt portfolios. This 

business had a strong year in 2011 and continues 

to drive growth for PRA. Investment in bankrupt 

accounts totaled $195 million. Cash collections 

totaled $276 million, a 48% increase over 2010,  

and a record for the company. 

investment in customer debt 

in 2011, and collections from 

bankrupt accounts represented 

39% of total PRA cash collections.

payments to a trustee, who distributes the payments 

Overall, acquisition of bankrupt consumer accounts 

to PRA as a creditor of the consumer. PRA audits 

represented 48% of PRA’s total investment in 

customer debt in 2011, and collections from 

and processes these payments internally, managing 

the accounts throughout the consumer’s bankruptcy 

bankrupt accounts represented 39% of total PRA  

payment lifecycle. 

cash collections.

The business continues to build upon extensive 

experience managing bankrupt accounts, leveraging 

strong relationships with bankruptcy trustees and 

courts. Experienced bankruptcy staff, combined 

with a fully integrated proprietary bankrupt  

account management system, contributes to  

PRA’s competitive position and profitability. 

PRA purchased its first portfolios of bankrupt 

accounts in January 2004 and has since invested 

$795 million. The accounts typically acquired 

are unsecured claims included in Chapter 13 

bankruptcy cases. The collection process begins  

with filing a proof of claim that validates the balance 

owed on the account. Bankrupt consumers make 

PRA’s ability to invest in aged bankrupt accounts 

and fresher, newly-filed accounts has allowed PRA 

to serve a broader market. Underwriting capability 

continues to incrementally improve as a result of 

PRA’s investment and collection experience during 

the past eight years. This has positioned Bankruptcy 

Services for further growth in 2012.

Bankruptcy Portfolio Collections  
by Year (in millions)

2009
$86

2010
$187

2011
$276

8

Maceon “Macy” Church

Assistant Vice President 
Bankruptcy Operations

I’m responsible for hiring, training 
and overseeing the people in my 
department. We have a great team, 
and I attribute that to the fact that 
we spend a lot of time developing 
our employees. We start at the entry 
level, training clerks to be analysts, 
and go all the way to our assistant 
vice president level. Everyone is on  
a career path.

It’s extremely rewarding to help 
people become successful and 
celebrate their achievements. I 
started here in 2008 and in just three 
years, Bankruptcy Operations has 
more than tripled in size.

All of us benefit from PRA’s approach 
to employee development. I’ve been 
promoted three times, so when I 
tell our employees that anything 
is possible, I’m speaking from 
experience. People are essential to 
the success of our business, and we 
treat them that way.

million in collections  
from bankrupt consumer 
accounts in 2011

Bankruptcy Services had a strong year in 2011 and continues  

to drive growth for PRA.

9

 276$ 
 
Government Services

As a result of the current economic climate, tax 

PRA helps governments better  

revenues to state and local governments around 

the U.S. have been in decline, forcing governments 

to consider cuts in essential services to citizens. 

PRA Government Services helps state and local 

governments audit and find underreported local 

business and individual income tax, and collect 

plan and sustain essential services 

for all citizens, while also helping 

to avoid fee or tax increases. 

PRA Government Services’ businesses – Revenue 

delinquent taxes or fees from citizens and businesses. 

Discovery Systems, MuniServices, Broussard Partners 

This helps state and local governments better plan 

and sustain essential services for all citizens, while 

also helping to avoid fee or tax increases. 

PRA Government Services advises state and local 

government clients on steps to improve their tax or 

fee revenue-management processes, offering high- 

quality revenue administration without upfront costs 

or back-end liabilities. Among its industry-leading 

services: tax compliance and auditing; identification 

and correction of tax misallocations; discovery 

and collection of taxes and fees due; economic 

development consulting; information services;  

and administration of permits and licenses. 

In 2011, PRA Government Services, the company’s 

largest fee-for-service business, identified $948 

million in additional tax and fee payments due its 

government clients. The business has more than  

950 distinct client relationships.

& Associates, and Kasner & Associates – have been 

successfully serving clients for more than 30 years. 

With proven expertise and extensive resources to 

assist clients in adapting to economic change, PRA 

continues to see significant expansion opportunities 

in audits and revenue discovery in the public sector. 

Additional Taxes or Fees  
Due Clients (in millions)

2009
$892 

2010
$899

2011
$948

10

Lisa Broussard

Vice President, Client Services
South-Central Region
PRA Government Services

I’m a CPA with a specialty in municipal 
finance. I’ve seen firsthand how the 
tough economy has impacted state 
and local governments. They need 
every dollar to continue providing 
essential services. Our job is to help 
them recoup the taxes owed by 
individuals and businesses. After  
years of cutbacks, they don’t have  
the people, technology or time they 
need to do it in-house.

When my accounting business, 
Broussard Partners & Associates, 
became part of PRA, I thought it was 
a great opportunity to bring new 
capabilities to our clients. It’s worked 
out really well. PRA’s resources make 
it possible to be more versatile and 
solve a wider range of problems. One 
thing that hasn’t changed is our focus 
on great service and results. We’re 
committed to giving our employees 
the training and support they need 
to be the best in the business. It’s no 
surprise that in many of the places we 
do business, we’re the market leader.

billion in additional 
taxes or fees identified 
by PRA Government 
Services for its clients 
over the last three years

PRA’s largest fee-for-service business is an industry-leading 

provider of revenue-enhancement management services to 

government clients across the United States.

11

 2.74$ 
Vehicle Location Services

The current economic environment has affected the 

PRA Location Services also took major steps to 

ability of many consumers to stay current on their 

remove unprofitable client relationships, allowing  

car, motorcycle or truck loans. When it becomes 

the business to better capitalize on other more 

necessary for auto finance companies to repossess 

profitable opportunities.

a vehicle, PRA Location Services locates and 

coordinates the return of the vehicle. The business 

These business strategy initiatives are starting to pay 

also assists auto insurance companies in managing 

off, increasing the outlook for the future growth 

their losses on consumers’ insurance claims of stolen 

of this fee-for-service business. Looking ahead, the 

vehicles by finding and recovering those vehicles.

business has set key drivers for growth – including 

the identification of new clients beyond auto  

PRA Location Services provides customized recovery 

lenders or insurers with a need to locate vehicles  

solutions for its finance and insurance company 

and increasing placements from new and current 

clients. By increasing recovery rates on portfolios of 

clients – while continuing to invest in people, 

vehicles, PRA Location Services enables auto lenders 

processes and technology. 

and insurers to lower their loss rates. And with 

lower losses comes an improved ability for finance 

With the bold changes the business has instituted 

companies and insurers to more attractively price 

and the momentum it’s experiencing, PRA Location 

auto loans and insurance rates for all consumers. 

Services is well positioned to maintain its position as 

the market leader in locating and recovering vehicles. 

This business continues to evolve, combining 

the latest data and call-center technologies with 

a nationwide network of recovery agents. While 

PRA has made progress in expanding this business, 

there are considerable untapped opportunities 

for expansion and profitability. In 2011, a new 

management team began to increase business 

development efforts. Significant change in 

PRA Location Services continues 

to evolve, combining the latest 

operations occurred in order to improve efficiencies, 

data and call-center technologies 

reduce expenses and enhance client profitability. 

with a nationwide network of 

recovery agents. By increasing 

recovery rates on portfolios  

of vehicles, the business enables 

auto lenders and insurers to

lower their loss rates. 

12

Laura Guajardo

Operations Manager
PRA Location Services

I’ve been with PRA for 10 years and 
I love coming to work every day. I 
have the most amazing team. They 
have solid experience in tracking 
down vehicles, with access to the most 
up-to-date technology, their own 
investigative abilities and persistence. 
It’s a winning combination and the 
reason we get such great results.

I also love working with our clients. 
We’re available to focus on a small but 
important part of the auto finance and 
insurance business and that makes a big 
difference. In a word, we nurture those 
client relationships. They’ve learned to 
trust us and feel comfortable giving us 
new business.

It’s really exciting to see our business 
grow and to be a part of PRA’s success. 
This business has such great potential. 
My goal is to help PRA grow in the 
years to come.

improvement in 
client resolution 
rates in 2011

PRA Location Services expanded its client base and continued  

its investments in people, processes and technology in 2011.

13

15%  
 
Class Action Claims Services

Claims Compensation Bureau (CCB) created the 

clients, sometimes years before disbursements are 

claims filing industry on behalf of institutional 

made. This provides immediate liquidity for clients 

investors in 1996. It is a leading provider of class 

wishing to accelerate unknown future recoveries. 

action claims services to corporate clients, and the 

first firm to handle both securities and antitrust class 

By the end of 2011, CCB had filed claims for its 

action cases. CCB’s clients are primarily Fortune 500 

client base of more than 525 companies, and  

companies and large securities trading firms, such  

had recovered hundreds of millions of dollars for  

as banks, hedge funds and other financial 

these clients.

institutions. 

CCB’s proven depth of experience, reliability and 

While institutional investors have substantial 

integrity help differentiate it from its competitors. 

opportunities resulting from the billions of dollars 

As more institutional investors implement best 

in securities class action settlements and SEC Fair 

practices, PRA anticipates growing market need  

Funds actions that are finalized each year, many 

to outsource the research, monitoring and filing  

don’t file a claim at all or file incompletely. Some 

of securities class action settlements.

don’t even know they’re eligible. 

CCB uses its proprietary database of more than 

2,400 settled cases tracked over the past 15 years 

to help uncover class action recoveries, calculate a 

recognized loss for each claim filed, and track and 

monitor the status of each claim until payment is 

received, confirmed and delivered to each client. 

CCB also offers a claim purchasing option, which 

allows clients to monetize their assets prior to claim 

settlement. Potential claims may be purchased from 

By the end of 2011, CCB had 

recovered hundreds of millions 

of dollars for its clients. 

14

Norman Jung

Vice President of Operations
Claims Compensation Bureau

It’s exciting to work for a company 
that’s the pioneer in its industry 
and to have been a part of it since 
the beginning. One of our main 
business segments, the antitrust 
division, has enjoyed explosive 
growth. Several years ago, I saw an 
opportunity to shift my team’s focus 
from our securities division to grow 
CCB’s antitrust division on behalf of 
Fortune 500 and other multinational 
companies. We now have more than 
450 clients in this area. Our original 
business – securities class action  
filing – is also thriving. 

Currently, I’m involved in identifying 
and developing new business 
opportunities. Many companies 
don’t know they may be eligible for 
recoveries or how to pursue them. It 
gives me a lot of satisfaction when 
a client tells us that they would 
never have filed a claim without our 
assistance.

We’ve developed a great team 
over the years and we’re constantly 
challenging ourselves to adapt to the 
market and our clients’ needs.

settled cases since 1996

Claims Compensation Bureau, the leader in class action  

claims services, is poised for more opportunities and  

continued growth in 2012.

15

 2,400Social Responsibility 

PRA supports financial well-being that begins with 
physical fitness and healthy living. Employees in 
Hutchinson, Kansas, competed with area businesses  
that sponsored Reno County’s annual Corporate Cup.

Encouraging responsibility to protect our natural resources 
in the mid-Atlantic region of the U.S., PRA employees 
cleared debris on behalf of the Chesapeake Bay 
Foundation.  

PRA employees worked to promote dignity, self-
determination and empowerment of disabled residents of 
the Southeastern Virginia Training Camp by participating 
in the United Way Day of Caring.

In support of people fighting breast cancer, PRA 
employees in Las Vegas participated in the Susan G. 
Komen Race for the Cure.

Financial Self-Sufficiency that Comes 
from Better Health and Well-Being

PrA employees across the country – from Fresno 

to Philadelphia to Virginia Beach – also gave their 

with profitable growth comes increasing 

responsibility to the communities where PrA 

employees live and work to meet customer and  

client needs.

In 2011, PrA increased its focus on not-for-profit 

organizations working to help more people stay 

healthy or support their families, so that more 

financial-service consumers may become financially 

self-sufficient. PrA funded organizations promoting 

better health awareness for women and the children 

in their care, while supporting local families  

in need.  PrA provides funds via direct donations, 

sponsorships, and a dollar-for-dollar match of 

employees’ donations. 

time to support such events as the United way’s Day 

of Caring, American red Cross blood drives, the 

American Cancer Society’s relay for Life, and dozens 

of other organizations. Many employees also served 

in leadership roles on local non-profit boards or 

management teams.

PrA is working with Financial Education & Literacy 

Advisers (FELA), a leading provider of outcomes-

focused consumer and financial education programs. 

In 2012, PrA and FELA will be launching innovative 

educational programs, tools, and resources to support 

PrA’s customers. these initiatives are designed to help 

consumers identify and remedy their financial challenges  

and better prepare for a financially secure future.

16

Portfolio recovery AssociAtes, inc.
2011 Financial inFormation

F o r w a r d - l o o k i n g   S t a t e m e n t S

certain statements in this annual report which are not historical, including statements of the company’s chairman, President and chief executive officer, in his letter which begins, “letter 
to Shareholders,” including, without limitation, regarding earnings, financial results, the outlook for the economy, management’s intentions, beliefs and expectations, growth opportunities,  
business prospects, projections, plans or predictions for the future, and other similar matters, are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21(e) of the Securities exchange act 
of 1934. Such statements are not statements of historical fact. Forward-looking statements involve assumptions, uncertainties and risks, some of which are not currently known to us, which 
could cause the company’s results to differ materially from its management’s current expectations. actual events or results may differ from those expressed or implied in any such forward-
looking statements as a result of various factors, many of which are beyond our control, which could affect our operations, performance, business strategy and results, and could cause our experience 
to differ materially from the expectations and objectives expressed in any forward-looking statements. these factors include, but are not limited to, the factors, risks and uncertainties that are 
described from time to time in the company’s filings with the Securities and exchange commission, including but not limited to, its annual reports on Form 10-k, its Quarterly reports on Form 
10-Q and its current reports on Form 8-k, which contain more detailed discussions of the company’s business, including risks and uncertainties that may affect our future.

due to such uncertainties and risks, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the dates on which they are made. the  
content of this annual report includes time-sensitive information, and is accurate as of the date hereof, april 9, 2012. the company expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to release  
publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein, any changes in the company’s expectations with regard thereto, or the impact of circumstances, events or  
conditions that may arise after the dates such statements are made. the reader should, however, consult any further disclosures we may make in future annual reports on Form 10-k, Quarterly 
reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-k, which we may file after the date hereof.

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

   X    

ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE  ACT  OF 
1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 
OF 1934 

For the transition period from ______ to __________ 

Commission File Number:  000-50058 

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
 (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 

(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

120 Corporate Boulevard, Norfolk, Virginia 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

75-3078675 
(I.R.S.  Employer 
Identification No.) 

23502 
 (Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (888) 772-7326 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:   

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share            NASDAQ Global Select Market 

(Title of Class)                             (Name of Exchange on which registered) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Securities Act.                                                YES       NO         

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 (d) 

of the Act.  

   YES        NO  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 
days.  

    YES       NO    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web 
site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-
T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post 
  YES         NO       
such files).                                      
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not 

contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or 
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-
K.   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-
accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of ―large accelerated filer‖, ―accelerated 
filer‖ and ―smaller reporting company‖ in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.    Large accelerated filer  
Accelerated filer  Non-accelerated filer  Smaller reporting company .  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  

       YES       NO  

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2011 

was $1,420,920,062 based on the $84.79 closing price as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. 

The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of February 17, 2012 was 17,146,589. 

Documents incorporated by reference: Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for our 2012 

Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K. 

1 

 
 
 
 
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Part I 
Item 1.  Business 
Item 1A.  Risk Factors 
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 
Item 2.   Properties  
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings 
Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosure 

Part II 
Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters 

and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 
Selected Financial Data 

Item 6. 
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results  

 4 
19 
28 
28 
29 
30 

30 
32 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

of Operations 

35 
60 
61 
62 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   
63 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
Consolidated Income Statements 
64 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income  65 
66 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  
2 – Finance Receivables, net 
3 – Accounts Receivable, net 
4 – Operating Leases  
5 – Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest 
6 – Goodwill and Intangibles, net 
7 – 401(k) Retirement Plan 
8 – Line of Credit 
9 – Property and Equipment, net 
10– Long-Term Debt  
11– Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures 
12– Share-Based Compensation  
13– Earnings Per Share 
14– Stockholders Equity 
15– Income Taxes 
16– Commitment and Contingencies   
17– Subsequent Events 

67 
72 
75 
75 
75 
76 
77 
77 
78 
79 
79 
80 
82 
82 
83 
85 
87 

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and  

Financial Disclosure   

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 
Item 9B.  Other Information 

Part III 
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Item 11.  Executive Compensation 
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and 

Related Stockholder Matters 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Part IV 
Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

Signatures  

2 

88 
88 
90 

90 
90 

90 
90 
90 

91 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cautionary Statements Pursuant to Safe Harbor Provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act 
of 1995: 

This  report  contains  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  federal  securities  laws.  These 
forward-looking  statements  involve  risks,  uncertainties  and  assumptions  that,  if  they  never  materialize  or  prove 
incorrect,  could  cause  our  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  or  implied by such forward-looking 
statements.  All  statements,  other  than  statements  of  historical  fact,  are  forward-looking  statements,  including 
statements  regarding  overall  trends,  gross  margin  trends,  operating  cost  trends,  liquidity  and  capital  needs  and 
other  statements  of  expectations,  beliefs,  future  plans  and  strategies,  anticipated  events  or  trends,  and  similar 
expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts. The risks, uncertainties and assumptions referred to 
above may include the following: 

a prolonged economic recovery or a deterioration in the economic or inflationary environment in the 
United States or the United Kingdom, including the interest rate environment,  that may have an adverse 
effect on our collections,  results of operations, revenue and stock price or on the stability of the financial 
system as a whole; 

our ability to purchase defaulted consumer receivables at appropriate prices;  

our ability to replace our defaulted consumer receivables with additional receivables portfolios; 

our ability to obtain accurate and authentic account documents relating to accounts that we acquire and 
the possibility that documents that we provide could contain errors; 

our ability to successfully acquire receivables of new asset types; 

changes in the business practices of credit originators in terms of selling defaulted consumer receivables; 

changes in government regulations that affect our ability to collect sufficient amounts on our defaulted 
consumer receivables; 

changes in or interpretation of tax laws or adverse results of tax audits; 

changes in bankruptcy or collection laws that could negatively affect our business, including by causing 
an increase in certain types of bankruptcy filings involving liquidations, which may cause our collections 
to decrease; 

our ability to employ and retain qualified employees, especially collection personnel, and our senior 
management team; 

our work force could become unionized in the future, which could adversely affect the stability of our 
production and increase our costs; 

changes in the credit or capital markets, which affect our ability to borrow money or raise capital; 

the degree and nature of our competition; 

the possibility that we could incur goodwill impairment charges; 

our ability to retain existing clients and obtain new clients for our fee-for-service businesses; 

our ability to comply with regulations of the collection industry; 

our ability to successfully operate and/or integrate new business acquisitions; 

our ability to maintain, renegotiate or replace our credit facility; 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
our ability to satisfy the restrictive covenants in our debt agreements; 

our ability to manage risks associated with our international operations acquired on January 16, 2012; 

the imposition of additional taxes on us; 

changes in interest rates, which could reduce our net income, and the possibility that future hedging 
strategies may not be successful, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial 
condition, as could our failure to comply with hedge accounting principles and interpretations; 

the possibility that we could incur significant allowance charges on our finance receivables; 

our ability to manage growth successfully; 

the possibility that we could incur business or technology disruptions, or not adapt to technological 
advances; 

the possibility that we or our industry could experience negative publicity or reputational attacks; 

the sufficiency of our funds generated from operations, existing cash and available borrowings to finance   
our current operations; and 

the risk factors listed from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the 
―SEC‖). 

You should assume that the information appearing in this annual report is accurate only as of the date it was 

issued. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.   

For a discussion of the risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could affect our future events, developments 
or  results,  you  should  carefully  review  the  ―Risk  Factors‖  section  beginning  on  page  19,  as  well  as  the 
―Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations‖ section beginning on 
page 35 and the ―Business‖ section beginning on page 4. 

Our  forward-looking  statements  could  be  wrong  in  light  of  these  and  other  risks,  uncertainties  and 
assumptions.  The future events, developments or results described in this report could turn out to be materially 
different. We have no obligation to publicly update or revise our forward-looking statements after the date of this 
report and you should not expect us to do so. 

Investors should also be aware that while we do, from time to time, communicate with securities analysts and 
others, we do not, by policy, selectively disclose to them any material nonpublic information or other confidential 
commercial information. Accordingly, stockholders should not assume that we agree with any statement or report 
issued by any analyst regardless of the content of the statement or report. We do not, by policy, confirm forecasts 
or  projections  issued  by  others.  Thus,  to  the  extent  that  reports  issued  by  securities  analysts  contain  any 
projections, forecasts or opinions, such reports are not our responsibility. 

Item 1.  Business. 

General 

PART I 

Our  business  focuses  upon  the  detection,  collection,  and  processing  of  both  unpaid  and  normal-course 
accounts receivable originally owed to credit grantors, governments, retailers and others.  Our primary business is 
the  purchase, collection and management of portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. These are the unpaid 
obligations  of  individuals  to  credit  originators,  which  include  banks,  credit  unions,  consumer  and  auto  finance 
companies and retail merchants. We also provide fee-based services, including vehicle location, skip tracing and 
collateral recovery services for auto lenders, governments and law enforcement via PRA Location Services, LLC 
4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(―PLS‖), revenue administration, audit and debt discovery/recovery services for local government entities through 
PRA  Government  Services,  LLC  and  MuniServices,  LLC  (collectively  ―PRA  GS‖)  and  class  action  claims 
recovery services and related payment processing via Claims Compensation Bureau, LLC (―CCB‖).  We believe 
that the strengths of our business are our sophisticated approach to portfolio pricing, segmentation and servicing, 
our  emphasis  on  developing  and  retaining  our  collection  personnel,  our  sophisticated  processing  systems  and 
procedures and our relationships with many of the largest consumer lenders in the United States. 

Subsequent  to  year  end,  on  January  16,  2012,  we  acquired  100%  of  the  equity  interest  of  Mackenzie  Hall 
Holdings, Limited, and its subsidiaries (―MHH‖).  MHH operates in Kilmarnock, Scotland and has approximately 
170 employees.  MHH is in the  accounts receivable management industry that includes collecting on both their 
owned portfolios and for third party originators on a contingent fee basis. 

Definitions 

We use the following terminology throughout this document:   

―Allowance charges‖ refers to a reduction in income recognized on finance receivables on pools of finance 
receivables whose cash collection estimates are not received or projected to not be received.  

 ―Amortization rate‖ refers to cash collections applied to principal on finance receivables as a percentage of 
total cash collections. 

―Buybacks‖ refers to purchase price refunded by the seller due to the return of non-compliant accounts. 

―Cash collections‖ refers to collections from customers on our owned portfolios. 

―Cash receipts‖ refers to collections on our owned portfolios plus fee income. 

―Core‖ accounts or portfolios refer to accounts or portfolios that are defaulted consumer receivables and are 
not in a bankrupt status upon purchase. These accounts are aggregated separately from purchased 
bankruptcy accounts. 

―EBITDA‖ refers to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. 

―Estimated remaining collections‖ refers to the sum of all future projected cash collections on our owned 
portfolios. 

―Fee income‖ refers to revenues generated from our fee-for-service subsidiaries. 

―Income recognized on finance receivables‖ refers to income derived from our owned debt portfolios. 

―Income recognized on finance receivables, net‖ refers to income derived from our owned debt portfolios 
and is shown net of allowance charges. 

 ―Net finance receivable balance‖ is recorded on our balance sheet and refers to the purchase price less 
principal amortization and net allowance charges. 

―Principal amortization‖ refers to cash collections applied to principal on finance receivables.  

 ―Purchase price‖ refers to the cash paid to a seller to acquire defaulted consumer receivables, plus certain 
capitalized costs, less buybacks. 

―Purchased bankruptcy‖ accounts or portfolios refer to accounts or portfolios that are in bankruptcy when 
we purchase them and as such are purchased as a pool of bankrupt accounts. 

―Total estimated collections‖ refers to the actual cash collections, including cash sales, plus estimated 
remaining collections. 

―Total estimated collections to purchase price‖ refers to the total estimated collections divided by the 
purchase price.  

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  debt  purchase  business  specializes  in  receivables  that  have  been  charged-off  by  the  credit  originator. 
Because the credit originator and/or other debt servicing companies have unsuccessfully attempted to collect these 
receivables, we are able to purchase them at a substantial discount to their face value. From  our 1996 inception 
through December 31, 2011, we acquired 2,335 portfolios, representing more than 28 million customer accounts 
and  aggregated  into  132  pools  for  accounting  purposes,  with  a  face  value  of  $64.6  billion  for  a  total  purchase 
price  of  $2.1  billion.    The  success  of  our  business  depends  on  our  ability  to  purchase  portfolios  of  defaulted 
consumer receivables at appropriate valuations and to collect on those receivables effectively and efficiently.  We 
have one reportable segment, receivables management, based on similarities among the operating units including 
homogeneity of services, service delivery methods and use of technology. 

We have achieved strong financial results over the past ten years, with cash collections growing from $53.1 
million in 2001 to $705.5 million in 2011. Total revenue has grown from $32.3 million in 2001 to $458.9 million 
in 2011, a compound annual growth rate of 30.4%.  Similarly, pro forma net income has grown from $3.5 million 
in 2001 to net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (―PRA‖) of $100.8 million in 2011.   

We were initially formed as Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, on 
March 20, 1996.  In connection with our 2002 initial public offering (our ―IPO‖), all of the membership units of 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. were exchanged, simultaneously with the effectiveness of  our registration 
statement,  for  a  single  class  of  PRA  common  stock,  a  new  Delaware  corporation  formed  on  August  7,  2002.  
Accordingly,  the members of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. became the common stockholders of  PRA, 
which became the parent company of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. and its subsidiaries. 

PRA maintains an Internet website at the following address: www.portfoliorecovery.com. 

We  make  available  on  or  through  our  website  certain  reports  that  we  file  with  or  furnish  to  the  SEC  in 
accordance  with  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  These  include  our  annual  reports  on  Form  10-K,  our 
quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  our  current  reports  on  Form  8-K  and  amendments  to  those  reports  filed  or 
furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  We make this 
information available on our website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file 
the information with or furnish it to the SEC.  The information that is filed with the SEC may be read or copied at 
the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549.  In addition, information on the 
operation  of  the  Public  Reference  Room  may  be  obtained  by  calling  the  SEC  at  1-800-SEC-0330.    The  SEC 
maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding 
issuers that file electronically with the SEC at: www.sec.gov.  

Reports filed with or furnished to the SEC are also available free of charge upon request by contacting our 

corporate office at: 

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Attn: Investor Relations 
120 Corporate Boulevard, Suite 100 
Norfolk, Virginia 23502 

Competitive Strengths 

We Offer a Compelling Alternative to Debt Owners and Governmental Entities 

We offer debt owners the ability to immediately realize value for their charged-off receivables throughout the 
post charge-off collection cycle, from receivables that have only been processed internally by the debt owner to 
receivables  that  have  been  subject  to  multiple  internal and external collection efforts, whether  or not  subject to 
bankruptcy  proceedings.    This flexibility  helps us to meet the  needs of debt owners and allows us to become a 
trusted resource.  Also, through our government services business, we have the ability to service state and local 
government’s receivables in various ways.   This includes such services as processing tax payments on behalf of 
the client and extends to more complicated tax audit and discovery work, as well as additional services that fill the 
needs of our clients. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Disciplined and Proprietary Underwriting Process 

One  of  the  key  components  of  our  growth has been our ability to price  portfolio acquisitions at levels that 
have generated profitable returns on investment. Since inception, we have been able to consistently collect more 
than  our  purchase  price  over  the  collection  lifecycle  of  the  defaulted  consumer  receivables  portfolios  we  have 
acquired.    In  doing  so,  we  have  generated  increasing  profits  and  operational  cash  flow  from  these  portfolio 
acquisitions, without relying on the resale of portfolios to achieve these results.  We have not resold any of our 
purchased  portfolios  since  2002,  and  the  portfolios  we  sold  then  were  primarily  in  Chapter  13  bankruptcy 
proceedings.  We stopped reselling these portfolios as we began the effort to build our own bankruptcy portfolio 
buying group which started purchasing bankrupt accounts in 2004.   

By holding and collecting the accounts we purchase over the long-term, we create static pool history that we 
believe  is  unique  among  our  peers.  Our  portfolio  underwriting  process  utilizes  the  collection  results,  customer 
data,  and  account  attributes  held  in  our  data  warehouse.    The  warehouse  contains  data  from  more  than  2,300 
portfolios representing over 28 million accounts purchased over the last 15 years from large issuers and owners of 
consumer receivables.  Our quantitative modeling continuously evolves as we incorporate new data and develop, 
test, and adopt new analysis tools that help us improve our underwriting accuracy.    

The  Core  portfolio  underwriting  process  includes  both  quantitative  analytical  modeling  and  qualitative 
judgment-based  analysis  that  considers  the  effects  of  the  origination,  servicing,  and  collection  history  of  the 
portfolios we price.  The combination of our deep sample of purchase data, our sophisticated analytical modeling, 
and the underwriting judgment gained from underwriting thousands of portfolios affords PRA with a significant 
competitive advantage over our competition.   

Ability to Hire, Develop and Retain Productive Collectors 

We place considerable focus on our ability to hire, develop, motivate and retain effective collectors who are 
key to our continued growth and profitability. Several large military bases and numerous telemarketing, customer 
service and reservation phone centers are located near our headquarters and regional offices in Virginia, providing 
access to a large pool of eligible personnel. The Hutchinson, Kansas, Las Vegas, Nevada, Birmingham, Alabama, 
Jackson,  Tennessee,  Houston,  Texas  and  Fresno,  California  areas,  where  we  maintain  offices,  also  provide  a 
sufficient potential workforce of eligible personnel.  We have found that tenure is an important contributor of our 
collector  effectiveness.  We  offer  our  collectors  a  competitive  wage  with  the  opportunity  to  receive  incentive 
compensation  based  on  performance,  as  well  as  an  attractive  benefits  package,  a  comfortable  working 
environment and the ability to work on a flexible schedule.  We have a comprehensive training program for new 
owned portfolio collectors which are conducted in our five training centers.  Recognizing the demands of the job, 
our  management  team  has  endeavored  to  create  a  professional  and  supportive  environment  for  all  of  our 
employees. 

Established Systems and Infrastructure 

We  have  devoted  significant  effort  to  developing  our  systems,  including  statistical  models,  databases  and 
reporting  packages,  to  optimize  our  portfolio  purchases  and collection efforts.  In addition,  we believe that our 
technology infrastructure is flexible, secure, reliable and redundant, to ensure the protection of our sensitive data 
and  to  mitigate  exposure  to  systems  failure  or  unauthorized  access.    We  take  data  security  and  collection 
compliance very seriously.   We employ a staff of Quality Control and Compliance employees whose role it is to 
monitor calls and observe collection system entries.  We monitor and research daily exception reports that track 
significant account status movements and account changes.  To enhance this process, we employ sophisticated call 
and  work  action  recording  systems  which  allow  us  to  better  monitor  compliance  and  quality  of  our  customer 
contacts.    We  believe  that  our  systems  and  infrastructure  give  us  meaningful  advantages  over  our  competitors.  
We  have  developed  financial  models  and  systems  for  pricing  portfolio  acquisitions,  managing  the  collections 
process and monitoring operating results.  We perform a static pool analysis monthly on each of  our portfolios, 
inputting actual results back into our acquisition models, to enhance their accuracy.  We monitor collection results 
continuously,  seeking  to  identify  and  resolve  negative  trends  immediately.    In  addition,  we  do  not  sell  our 
purchased defaulted consumer receivables.  Instead, we work them over the long-term enhancing our knowledge 
of  a  pool’s  long-term  performance.    This  combination  of  hardware,  software  and  proprietary  modeling  and 
systems has been developed by our management team through years of experience in this industry and we believe 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
provides us with an important competitive advantage from the acquisition process all the way through collection 
operations. 

Strong Relationships with Major Credit Originators 

We  have  done  business  with  most  of  the  largest  consumer  lenders  in  the  United  States.    We  maintain  an 
extensive  marketing  effort  and  our  senior  management  team  is  in  contact  on  a  regular  basis  with  known  and 
prospective credit originators.  We believe that we have earned a reputation as a reliable and compliant purchaser 
of defaulted consumer receivables portfolios and as responsible collectors.  Furthermore, from the perspective of 
the  selling  credit  originator,  the  failure  to close on a  negotiated sale  of a portfolio consumes valuable time  and 
expense  and  can  have  an  adverse  effect  on  pricing  when  the  portfolio  is  re-marketed.    Similarly,  if  a  credit 
originator  sells  a  portfolio  to  a  debt  buyer  who  has  a  reputation  for  violating  industry  standard  collecting 
practices, the reputation of the credit originator can be damaged.  We consistently attempt to negotiate reasonable 
and mutually acceptable contract terms, resulting in a confident and expeditious closing process for both parties. 
We  go  to  great  lengths  to  collect  from  consumers  in  a  responsible,  professional  and  legally  compliant  manner.  
We believe our strong relationships with major credit originators provide us with access to quality opportunities 
for portfolio purchases. 

Experienced Management Team 

We  have  an  experienced  management  team  with  considerable  expertise  in  the  accounts  receivable 
management industry.  Prior to our formation, our founders played key roles in the development and management 
of a consumer receivables acquisition and divestiture operation of Household Recovery Services, a subsidiary of 
Household  International,  now  owned  by  HSBC.    As  we  have  grown,  the  original  management  team  has  been 
expanded  substantially  to  include  a  group  of  experienced,  seasoned  executives,  many  coming  from  the  largest, 
most sophisticated lenders in the country. 

Portfolio Acquisitions 

Our portfolio of defaulted consumer receivables includes a diverse set of accounts that can be categorized by 
asset  type,  age  and  size  of  account,  level  of  previous  collection  efforts  and  geography.    To  identify  attractive 
buying  opportunities,  we  maintain  an  extensive  marketing  effort  with  our  senior  officers  contacting  known  and 
prospective sellers of defaulted consumer receivables.  We have acquired receivables of Visa®, MasterCard® and 
other  credit  cards,  private  label  credit  cards,  installment  loans,  lines  of  credit,  bankrupt  accounts,  deficiency 
balances  of  various  types,  legal  judgments,  and  trade  payables,  all  from  a  variety  of  debt  owners.    These  debt 
owners include major banks, credit unions, consumer finance companies, telecommunication providers, retailers, 
utilities,  insurance  companies,  medical  groups,  hospitals,  auto  finance  companies  and  other  debt  buyers.    In 
addition, we make periodic visits to the operating sites of debt sellers and attend numerous industry events in an 
effort to develop account purchase opportunities.  We also maintain active relationships with brokers of defaulted 
consumer receivables. 

Portfolios by Type and Geography 

The  following  chart  categorizes  our  life  to  date  owned  portfolios  as  of  December  31,  2011  into  the  major 

asset types represented (amounts in thousands):   

(1)    ―Life to Date Purchased Face Value‖ represents the original face amount purchased from sellers and has not 
been reduced by any adjustments, including payments and buybacks and reflects all accounts purchased 
regardless of whether or not we currently have the ability to collect on the account. 

8 

Asset TypeNo. of Accounts%Life to Date Purchased Face Value (1)%Original Purchase Price (2)%Major Credit Cards16,679                      60         %46,419,560$                  72       %1,617,992$              76          %Consumer Finance5,706                        20         6,863,629                      11       128,965                   6            Private Label Credit Cards5,071                        18         7,222,361                      11       344,940                   16          Auto Deficiency602                           2           4,122,531                      6         44,805                     2            Total:28,058                      100       %64,628,081$                  100     %2,136,702$              100        % 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2)    ―Original Purchase Price‖ represents the cash paid to sellers to acquire portfolios of defaulted consumer 

receivables. 

Since our formation, we have purchased accounts from approximately 150 debt owners.   We have acquired 
portfolios at various price levels, depending on the age of the portfolio, its geographic distribution, our historical 
experience  with  a  certain  asset  type  or  credit  originator  and  similar  factors.    A  typical  defaulted  consumer 
receivables portfolio that we acquire ranges from $1 million to $150 million in face value and contains defaulted 
consumer receivables from diverse geographic locations with average initial individual account balances of $400 
to $7,000. 

We  refer to the  groups of charged-off (non-bankrupt) defaulted consumer receivables we purchase as Core 
portfolios.  The age of a Core portfolio (the time since an account has been charged-off) is an important factor in 
determining the price at which we will purchase the portfolio. Generally, there is an inverse relationship between 
the age of a Core portfolio and the price at which we will purchase the portfolio.  This relationship is due to the 
fact that older Core portfolio receivables typically liquidate at lower rates.  The accounts receivables management 
industry  places  Core  portfolio  receivables  into  categories  depending  on  the  number  of  collection  agencies  that 
have previously attempted to collect on the receivables.  Fresh accounts are typically past due 120 to 270 days, 
charged-off by the credit originator and are either being sold prior to any post-charge-off collection activity or are 
placed with a third-party for the first time.  These accounts typically sell for the highest purchase price.  Primary 
accounts are typically 360 to 450 days past due and charged-off, have been previously placed with one contingent 
fee servicer and receive a lower purchase price.  Secondary and tertiary accounts are typically more than 660 days 
past  due  and  charged-off,  have  been  placed  with  two  or  three  contingent  fee  servicers  and  receive  even  lower 
purchase prices.  We also purchase portfolios of accounts previously worked by four or more agencies and these 
are  typically  two  to  three  years  or  more  past  due  and  receive  an  even  lower  price.    In  addition,  we  purchase 
portfolios  of  accounts  that  are  included  in  consumer  bankruptcies.    These  bankrupt  accounts  are  typically  filed 
under Chapter 13 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and have an associated payment plan that can range from 3 to 5 
years in duration.  We purchase portfolios of bankrupt accounts in both forward flow and spot transactions and, 
consequently, they can be at any age in the bankruptcy plan life cycle. 

The  following  table  summarizes  our  life  to  date  portfolio  purchases  as  of  December  31,  2011,  into  the 

delinquency categories represented (amounts in thousands).   

(1)    ―Life to Date Purchased Face Value‖ represents the original face amount purchased from sellers and has not 
been reduced by any adjustments, including payments and buybacks and reflects all accounts purchased 
regardless of whether or not we currently have the ability to collect on the account. 

(2)    ―Original Purchase Price‖ represents the cash paid to sellers to acquire portfolios of defaulted consumer 

receivables. 

We also review the geographic distribution of accounts within a portfolio because we have found that state 
specific laws and rules can have an effect on the  collectability of accounts located there. In addition, economic 
factors and bankruptcy trends vary regionally and are factored into our purchase price equation.   

9 

Account TypeNo. of Accounts%Life to Date Purchased Face Value (1)%Original Purchase Price (2)%Fresh                  1,756         6 % $                          5,049,048         8 % $                   456,669       21 %Primary                  4,247       15                              7,569,342       12                       370,850       17 Secondary                  4,696       17                              7,601,026       12                       276,834       13 Tertiary                  4,002       14                              5,404,334         8                         75,298         4 BK Trustees                  3,918       14                            17,577,895       27                       832,855       39 Other                  9,439       34                            21,426,436       33                       124,196         6 Total:28,058               100   %64,628,081$                         100   %2,136,702$                100   % 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes our life to date portfolio purchases as of December 31, 2011, by geographic 

location (amounts in thousands):     

(1)   ―Life to Date Purchased Face Value‖ represents the original face amount purchased from sellers and has not 
been  reduced  by  any  adjustments,  including  payments  and  buybacks  and  reflects  all  accounts  purchased 
regardless of whether or not we currently have the ability to collect on the account. 

(2)  ―Original  Purchase  Price‖  represents  the  cash  paid  to  sellers  to  acquire  portfolios  of  defaulted  consumer 

receivables. 

(3)  Each  state  included  in  "Other"  represents  less  than  2%  of  the  face  value  of  total  defaulted  consumer 

receivables. 

Purchasing Process 

We  acquire  portfolios  from  debt  owners  through  auctions  and  negotiated  sales.  In  an  auction  process,  the 
seller  will  assemble  a  portfolio  of  receivables  and  will  either  broadly  offer  the  portfolio  to  the  market  or  seek 
purchase  prices  from  specifically  invited  potential  purchasers.    In  a  privately  negotiated  sale  process,  the  debt 
owner will contact known purchasers directly, take bids and negotiate the terms of sale.  We also acquire accounts 
in  forward  flow  contracts.  Under  a  forward  flow  contract we  agree to purchase defaulted consumer receivables 
from a debt owner on a periodic basis, at a set percentage of face value of the receivables over a specified time 
period,  generally  from  three  to  twelve  months.    These  agreements  often  contain  a  provision  requiring  that  the 
attributes  and  selection  criteria  of  the  receivables  to  be  sold  will  not  significantly  change  each  month.    If  this 
provision is not adhered to, the contract will typically allow for the early termination of the forward flow contract 
by the purchaser or other appropriate remedies as mutually agreed upon.  Forward flow contracts are a consistent 
source  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables  for  accounts  receivables  management  providers  and  provide  the  debt 
owner with a reliable source of revenue and a professional resolution of defaulted consumer receivables. 

In a typical Core portfolio sale transaction, a debt owner initially distributes a computer data file containing 
ten  to  fifteen  essential  data  fields  on  each  receivables  account  in  the  portfolio  offered  for  sale.    Such  fields 
typically include but are not limited to the customer's name, address, outstanding balance, date of charge-off, date 
of  last  payment  and  the  date  the  account  was  opened.    Information  that  is  not  typically  provided  includes  the 
original  underwriting  documentation,  charge  and  payment  history  prior  to  charge-off,  and  collection  notations.   
We  perform  our  initial  due  diligence  on  the  portfolio  by  electronically  cross-checking  the  data  fields  on  the 
computer  disk  or  data  tape  against  the  accounts  in  our  owned  portfolios  and  other  databases.    We  compile  a 
variety of portfolio level reports examining all demographic data available. 

In  order  to  determine  a  purchase  price  for  a  Core  portfolio,  we  use  two  separate  internally  developed 
computer models and one externally developed model.  We analyze the portfolio using our proprietary multiple 

10 

Geographic DistributionNo. of Accounts%Life to Date Purchased Face Value (1)%Original Purchase Price (2)%California                  2,947      11 % $                          8,549,724      13 % $                   276,219      13 %Texas                  4,193      15                              7,329,316      11                       191,982        9 Florida                  2,213        8                              6,170,741      10                       195,335        9 New York                  1,609        6                              3,897,746        6                       117,629        6 Pennsylvania                  1,013        4                              2,403,074        4                         78,869        4 Ohio                  1,214        4                              2,350,629        4                         89,294        4 Illinois                  1,063        4                              2,247,496        3                         81,255        4 North Carolina                     982        3                              2,200,497        3                         72,148        3 Georgia                     909        3                              2,148,300        3                         83,336        4 New Jersey                     647        2                              1,776,863        3                         61,217        3 Michigan                     738        3                              1,735,571        3                         65,255        3 Arizona                     491        2                              1,379,268        2                         44,830        2 Virginia                     742        3                              1,382,129        2                         50,336        2 Tennessee                     596        2                              1,348,878        2                         50,415        2 Massachusetts                     484        2                              1,209,030        2                         38,966        2 Indiana                     453        2                              1,122,944        2                         46,156        2 Other (3)                  7,764      26                            17,375,875      27                       593,460      28 Total:28,058               100   %64,628,081$                        100   %2,136,702$                 100   % 
 
 
 
 
 
linear  regression  model,  which  analyzes  the  accounts  of  the  portfolio  using  predictive  variables  and  projects  a 
portfolio  liquidation  rate.    We  also  analyze  the  portfolio  as  a  whole  using  an  adjustment  model, which uses an 
appropriate  cash  flow  model  that  utilizes  our  collections  results  from  similar  portfolios  we  have  previously 
purchased.  We supplement the adjustment model with qualitative background information about the origination, 
servicing  and  collection  history  of  the  portfolio.    Finally,  we  use  a  model  that  creates  statistically  similar 
portfolios from our existing accounts across our purchased inventory and develops collection curves for them that 
are used in our price modeling.  From these models we derive our quantitative purchasing analysis which is used 
to help price transactions.  The multiple linear regression model is also used to prioritize collection work efforts 
subsequent to purchase.  With respect to prospective forward flow contracts and other long-term relationships, we 
obtain a representative file that we use to determine the price of the forward flow agreement.  On a go-forward 
basis, we receive the actual file to be funded, process it through our models, and compare it to the representative 
file noted above to determine if the delivered file meets the expectations of the initial pricing file.  This process 
allows us to confirm that the accounts we are purchasing are materially consistent with the accounts we agreed to 
purchase  under  the  forward  flow  arrangement.  When  purchasing  bankrupt  consumer  receivables,  we  follow  a 
similar analytical process but utilize completely separate, specifically designed pricing models. 

Our  process and portfolio review results in a  comprehensive analysis of the proposed Core portfolio.  This 
analysis  compares  defaulted  consumer  receivables  in  the  prospective  portfolio  with  our  collection  history  in 
similar  portfolios.    We  then  use  our  multiple  linear  regression  model  to  calculate  a  separate  projection  of 
collections.  Finally, we use the statistically similar portfolio approach to refine our  projected collection curves.  
Using these three valuation approaches, we determine estimated cash collections over the life of the portfolio.  We 
then  compare  the  results  of  all  three  models  and  project  collections,  expressed  both  in  dollars  and  liquidation 
percentage, and generate a detailed expense projection over the portfolio's estimated economic life.  We use the 
total projected collections and expenses to determine an appropriate purchase price. 

We  maintain  a  detailed  static  pool  analysis  on  each  portfolio  that  we  have  acquired,  capturing  all 
demographic data and revenue and expense items for further analysis.  We use the static pool analysis to refine the 
underwriting  models  that  we  use  to  price  future  portfolio  purchases.    The  results of the static pool analysis are 
input back into our models, increasing the accuracy of the models as the data set increases with every portfolio 
purchase and each day's collection efforts.  Since we do not sell our purchased defaulted consumer receivables, 
we work them over the long-term, enhancing our knowledge of a pool’s long-term performance. 

The quantitative and qualitative data derived in our due diligence is evaluated together with our knowledge of 
the  current  defaulted  consumer  receivables  market  and  any  subjective  factors  about  the  portfolio  or  the  debt 
owner of which management may be aware.  A portfolio acquisition approval memorandum is prepared for each 
prospective portfolio before a purchase price is submitted to the debt owner.  This approval memorandum, which 
outlines  the  portfolio's  anticipated  collectability  and  purchase  structure,  is  distributed  to  members  of  our 
Investment  Committee.    The  approval  by  the  Investment  Committee  sets  a  maximum  purchase  price  for  the 
portfolio.   

Once a portfolio purchase has been approved by our Investment Committee and the terms of the sale  have 
been agreed to with the debt owner, the acquisition is documented in an agreement that contains customary terms 
and conditions.  Provisions are typically incorporated for disputed, fraudulent, deceased, bankrupt (in the case of 
Core  portfolio purchases), or other ineligible accounts and typically, the debt owner either agrees to repurchase 
these accounts or replace them with acceptable replacement accounts within certain time frames. 

Owned Portfolio Collection Operations 

Call Center Operations – Core Portfolios 

Our  work  flow  management  system  places,  recalls  and  prioritizes  accounts,  based  on  our  analyses  of  our 
accounts and other demographic, credit and customer behavior attributes and prior collection work activities.  We 
use this process to focus our work effort on those customers most likely to pay on their accounts and to rotate to 
other  collectors  the  non-paying  but  most  likely  to  pay  accounts  from  which  other  collectors  have  been 
unsuccessful in receiving payment.  The majority of our Core portfolio collections occur as a result of telephone 
contact with customers; however, letters and legal activity also generate meaningful levels of cash collections. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
The collectability forecast for a newly acquired portfolio will help determine our initial collection strategy.  
Accounts  that  are  initially  determined  to  have  the  highest  predicted  collection  probability  will  be  worked 
immediately, and with greater frequency using either a predictive dialer or manual work efforts.  Less collectible 
accounts may be set aside to be  worked with less frequency using the predictive dialer, or another passive, low 
cost method.  After owning an account for a month we begin reassessing the collectability on a daily basis based 
on a set of observed account characteristics and behaviors.  Some accounts may be worked using a letter and/or 
settlement strategy. We may obtain credit reports for various accounts after the collection process begins.   

Our computer system allows each collector to view the scanned documents relating to the account that have 
been  received  from  the  seller,  which  can  include  the  original  account  application,  payment  checks,  customer 
correspondence and other documents. 

On the initial contact call, a customer is given a standardized presentation regarding the benefits of resolving 
his or her account with us.  Emphasis is placed on determining the reason for the customer's default in order to 
better assess the customer's situation and create a plan for repayment.  The collector is incentivized to have the 
customer pay the full balance of the account although this occurs very infrequently.  If the collector cannot obtain 
payment  of  the  full  balance,  the  collector  will  suggest  a  repayment  plan.  At  times,  when  determined  to  be 
appropriate, and in many cases with management approval, a reduced lump-sum settlement may be agreed upon.  
If  the  customer  elects  to  utilize  an  installment  plan,  we  have  developed  a  system  which  enables  us  to  make 
withdrawals from a customer's bank account, in accordance with the directions of the customer. 

If  a  collector  is  unable  to  establish  contact  with  a  customer  based  on  information  received  or  stored,  the 
system will supplement the account information by leveraging a series of automated skip tracing procedures.  Skip 
tracing is the process of developing new phone, address, job or asset information on a customer, or verifying the 
accuracy of such information.    

Legal Recovery – Core Portfolios 

An  important  component  of  our  collections  effort  involves  our  legal  recovery  department  and  the  judicial 
collection  of  accounts  of  customers  who  we  believe  have  the  ability,  but  not  the  willingness,  to  resolve  their 
obligations.    Accounts  for  which  the  customer  is  not  cooperative  and  for  which  we  can  establish  garnishable 
wages  or  attachable  assets  are  reviewed  for  legal  action.  Additionally,  we  review  accounts  using  a  proprietary 
scoring model and select those accounts reflecting a high propensity to pay in a legal environment.    Depending 
on  the  balance  of  the  defaulted  consumer  receivable  and  the  applicable  state  collection  laws,  we  determine 
whether to commence legal action to judicially collect on the receivable.  The legal process can take an extended 
period of time, but it also generates cash collections that likely would not have been realized otherwise. 

We use a combination of internal staff (attorney and support), as well as external attorneys, to pursue legal 
collections under certain circumstances.  Over the past several years we have focused on developing our internal 
legal  collection  capability.    We  have  the  capability  in  all  50  states  to  initiate  lawsuits  in  amounts  up  to  the 
jurisdictional limits of the respective courts.  Our legal recovery department, using external vendors, also collects 
claims against estates in cases involving deceased debtors having assets at the time of death.  Our legal recovery 
department  oversees  our  internal  legal  collections  and  coordinates  a  nationwide  collections  attorney  network 
which  is  responsible  for  the  preparation  and  filing  of  judicial  collection  proceedings  in  multiple  jurisdictions, 
determining  the  suit  criteria,  and  instituting  wage  garnishments  to  satisfy  judgments.    This  network  currently 
consists of approximately 50 law firms who work on a contingent fee basis.  Legal cash collections generated by 
both our in house attorneys and outside independent contingent fee attorneys constituted approximately 24% of 
our total cash collections in 2011.  As our portfolio matures, it is likely that a larger number of accounts will be 
directed  to  our  legal  recovery  department  for  judicial  collection;  consequently,  we  anticipate  that  legal  cash 
collections will grow commensurately and comprise a larger percentage of our total Core cash collections. 

Bankruptcy Operations 

Our  bankruptcy  department  manages  customer  filings  under  the  U.S.  Bankruptcy  Code  on  debtor  accounts 
derived  from  three  sources;  (1)  PRA’s  Core  purchased  pools  of  charged  off  accounts  that  have  filed  for 
bankruptcy protection after being acquired by us, (2) our purchased pools of bankrupt accounts, and (3) our third 
party servicing client relationships.  On PRA owned accounts, we file proofs of claim (―POCs‖) or claim transfers 

12 

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
and  actively  manage  these  accounts  through  the  entire  life  cycle  of  the  bankruptcy  proceeding  in  order  to 
substantiate  our  claims  and  ensure  that  we  participate  in  any  distributions  to  creditors.   On  accounts  managed 
under a  third party relationship, we work on either a full service  contingency fee basis or a menu style  fee-for- 
service basis; this is not a significant portion of our bankruptcy operations.   

We developed our proprietary Bankruptcy Management System (―BMS‖) as a secure and highly automated 
platform  for  providing  bankruptcy  notification  services,  filing  POCs  and  claim  transfers,  managing  documents, 
administering  our  case  load,  posting  and  reconciling  payments  and  providing  customized  reports.    BMS  is  a 
robust system designed to manage claims processing and case management in a high volume environment.  The 
system  is  highly  flexible  and  its  capacity  is  easily  expanded.    Daily  processing  volumes  are  managed  to  meet 
individual  bar  dates  associated  with  each  bankruptcy  case  and  specific  client  turnaround  times.    BMS  and  its 
underlying business rules were developed with emphasis first on minimizing risks through strict compliance to the 
bankruptcy code, and then on maximizing recoveries from automated claim filing and case administration.   

Each  of  our  bankruptcy  department  employees  goes  through  an  entry  level  training  program  to  familiarize 
them  with  BMS  and  the  bankruptcy  process,  including  a  general  overview  of  how  we  interact  with  the  courts, 
debtor’s attorneys and trustees.  We also use a tiered process of cross training designed to familiarize advancing 
employees  with  a  variety  of  operational  assignments  and  analytical  tasks.    For  example,  we  utilize  specially 
trained  employees  to  perform  advanced  data  matching  and  analytics  for  clients,  while  others  are  tasked  with 
resolving objections directly with attorneys and trustees.  In rare circumstances, resolution of these objections may 
need to be effectuated by working through our network of local counsel. 

Fee-for-Service Businesses 

Through  our  subsidiaries,  we  provide  fee-based  services,  including  vehicle  location,  skip  tracing  and 
collateral recovery services for auto lenders, governments and law enforcement via our PLS subsidiary; revenue 
administration, audit, and debt discovery/recovery services for government entities through our PRA GS business; 
and class action claims recovery services and related payment processing through our CCB subsidiary.     

PLS,  through  call  center  operations,  performs  national  skip  tracing,  asset  location  and  collateral  recovery 
services, principally for auto finance companies, for a fee.  In addition, PLS will monitor clients’ inventories with 
its fleet of cars equipped with license plate recognition cameras for a fee.  The amount of fee earned is generally 
dependent on several different outcomes: whether the debtor was found and a resolution on the account occurred, 
if the collateral was repossessed or if payment was made by the debtor to the debt owner.   

The primary source of income for PRA  GS is derived from servicing taxing authorities in several different 
ways: processing their tax payments and tax forms, collecting delinquent taxes, identifying taxes that are not being 
paid and auditing tax payments. The processing and collection pieces are standard commission based billings or 
fee-for-service  transactions. When audits are  conducted, there are two components. The first is a charge for the 
hours incurred on conducting the audit, based on a contractual billing rate. The gross billing amount based on the 
aforementioned billing rate is a component of the line item ―Fee income‖ while the salary expense is included in 
the line item ―Compensation and employee services.‖  The second item is for expenses incurred while conducting 
the audit. Most jurisdictions will reimburse us for direct expenses incurred for the audit including such items as 
travel and meals. The billed amounts are included in the line item ―Fee income‖ and the expense component is 
included in its appropriate expense category, generally, ―Other operating expenses.‖   

On March 15, 2010, we acquired 62% of the membership units of CCB.  CCB was founded in 1996 and is a 
leading provider of class action claims settlement recovery services and related payment processing to corporate 
clients.    CCB’s  process  allows  clients  to  maximize  settlement  recoveries,  in  many  cases  participating  in 
settlements they would otherwise not know existed.  CCB charges fees for its services and works with clients to 
identify, prepare and submit claims to class action administrators charged with disbursing class action settlement 
funds.  In addition, PRA purchases the rights to existing and future class action claims identified by CCB.  

Competition 

We  face  competition  in  both  of  the  markets  we  serve  —  owned  portfolio  and  fee-for-service  receivables 
management — from new and existing providers of outsourced receivables management services, including other 
purchasers  of  defaulted consumer receivables portfolios, third-party contingent fee collection agencies and debt 
13 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
owners  that  manage  their  own  defaulted  consumer  receivables  rather  than  outsourcing  them.    The  receivables 
management industry (owned portfolio and contingent fee) remains highly fragmented and competitive.  There are 
few  significant  barriers  for  entry  to  new  providers  of  contingent  fee  receivables  management  services  and, 
consequently,  the  number  of  agencies  serving  the  contingent  fee  market  may  continue  to  grow.    Constrained 
investment capital, the need for portfolio evaluation expertise sufficient to price portfolios, and compliance with 
regulations  effectively  constitute significant barriers for  successful  entry to new purchased portfolio receivables 
companies. 

We face bidding competition in our acquisition of defaulted consumer receivables and in obtaining placement 
of fee-for-service receivables.  We also compete on the basis of reputation, industry experience and performance.  
Among the  positive factors which we believe influence our ability to compete effectively in this market are our 
ability to bid on portfolios at appropriate prices, our reputation from previous transactions regarding our ability to 
close  transactions  in  a  timely  fashion,  our  relationships  with  originators  of  defaulted  consumer receivables, our 
team of well-trained collectors who provide quality customer service and compliance with applicable collections 
laws and our ability to efficiently and effectively collect on various asset types.  Current or new competitors that 
have substantially greater financial, personnel and other resources, greater adaptability to changing market needs, 
longer  operating  histories,  or  more  established  relationships  in  our  industry  than  we  currently  have,  could 
influence our ability to compete effectively. 

Information Technology 

Technology Operating Systems and Server Platform 

The  architecture  and  design  of  our  systems  provides  us  with  a  technology  system  that  is  flexible,  secure, 
reliable and redundant to provide for the protection of our sensitive data.  We utilize Intel-based servers running 
Microsoft Windows 2000/2003 operating systems.  Our desktop PCs run the Windows XP operating system.  In 
addition, we utilize a blend of purchased and proprietary software systems tailored to the needs of our business.  
These systems are designed to eliminate inefficiencies in our collections and continue to meet business objectives 
in a changing environment.  Our proprietary software systems are being leveraged to manage location information 
and operational applications for PRA GS, PLS and CCB.   

Network Technology 

To  provide  delivery  of  our  applications,  we  utilize  Intel-based  workstations  across  our  entire  business 
operation.  The environment is configured to provide speeds of 100 megabytes to the desktops of our collections 
and administration staff.  Our one gigabyte server network architecture supports high-speed data transport.  Our 
network system is designed to be scalable and meet expansion and inter-building bandwidth and quality of service 
demands. 

Database and Software Systems 

The ability to access and utilize data is essential to us being able to operate in a cost-effective manner.  Our 
centralized computer-based information systems support the core processing functions of our business under a set 
of  integrated  databases  and  are  designed  to  be  scalable  to  accommodate  our  internal  growth.   This  integrated 
approach helps to assure that data sources are processed efficiently.  We use these systems for portfolio and client 
management,  skip  tracing,  check  taking,  financial  and  management  accounting,  reporting,  and  planning  and 
analysis.   We  use  a  combination  of  Microsoft  and  Oracle  database  software  to  manage  our  portfolios  and 
financial, customer and sales data.  PRA GS, PLS and CCB all maintain unique, proprietary software systems that 
manage the movement of data, accounts and information throughout these business units.   

Redundancy, System Backup, Security and Disaster Recovery 

Our  data  centers  provide  the  infrastructure  for  collection  services  and  uninterrupted  support  of  data, 
applications and hardware for all of our business units. We believe our facilities and operations include sufficient 
redundancy, file back-up and security to ensure minimal exposure to systems failure or unauthorized access.  The 
preparations in this area include the use of call centers in Virginia, Kansas, Alabama and Tennessee in order to 
help  provide  redundancy  for  data  and  processes  should  one  site  be  completely  disabled.   We  have  a  disaster 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
recovery plan covering our business that is tested on a periodic basis.  The combination of our locally distributed 
call  control  systems  provides  enterprise-wide  call  and  data  distribution  between  our  call  centers  for  efficient 
portfolio  collection  and  business  operations.   In  addition  to  data  replication  between  the  sites,  incremental 
backups  of  both  software  and  databases  are  performed  on  a  daily  basis  and  a  full  system  backup  is  performed 
weekly.  Backup data tapes are stored at an offsite location along with copies of schedules and production control 
procedures,  procedures  for  recovery  using  an  off-site  data  center,  and  documentation  and  other  critical 
information  necessary  for  recovery  and  continued  operation.   Our  Virginia  headquarters  has  two  separate 
telecommunications  feeds,  uninterruptible  power  supplies  and  natural  gas  and  diesel-generators,  all  of  which 
provide a level of redundancy should a power outage or interruption occur.  We also have generators installed at 
each of our call centers, as well as our subsidiary locations in Alabama, California and Nevada.  We also employ 
rigorous physical and electronic security to protect our data.  Our call centers have restricted card key access and 
appropriate  additional  physical  security  measures.   Electronic  protections  include  data  encryption, firewalls and 
multi-level access controls.   

Predictive Dialer Technology 

The  Avaya  Proactive  Contact  Dialer  enables  our  collection  staff  to  focus  on  certain  defaulted  consumer 
receivables according to our specifications.  Its predictive technology takes into account all collection campaign 
and  dialing  parameters  and  is  able  to  automatically  adjust  its  dialing  pace  to  match  changes  in  campaign 
conditions  and  provide  the  lowest  possible  wait  times  and  abandon  rates,  with  the  highest  volume  of  outbound 
calls.  

Display Screens for Real Time Data Utilization 

We utilize multiple plasma displays at most of our collection facilities to aid in recovery of portfolios.  The 
displays provide real-time business-critical information to our collection personnel for efficient collection efforts 
such as telephone, production, employee status, goal trending, training and corporate information.   

Employees 

As of December 31, 2011, we employed 2,641 persons on a full-time basis, including the following number 
of front line operations employees by business:  2,023 working on our owned portfolios and 262 working in our 
fee-for-service  subsidiaries.    None  of  our  employees  are  represented  by  a  union  or  covered  by  a  collective 
bargaining agreement.  We believe that our relations with our employees are positive. 

Collection Personnel 

Our collectors are critical to the success of our  debt collection business as a majority of our Core portfolio 
collection  efforts  occur  as  a  result  of  telephone  contact  with  customers.    We  have  found  that  the  tenure  and 
productivity of our collectors are directly related.  Therefore, attracting, hiring, training, retaining and motivating 
our collection personnel is a major focus for us.  We pay our collectors competitive wages and offer employees a 
full  benefits  program.    In  addition  to  a  base  wage,  we  provide  collectors  with  the  opportunity  to  receive 
compensation  through  an  incentive  compensation  program  that  pays  bonuses  above  a  set  monthly  base,  based 
upon each collector's collection and compliance results.  This program is designed to ensure that employees are 
paid based not only on performance, but also on consistency and quality.   

We  believe that we offer a competitive and, in many cases, a higher base wage than many local employers 
and therefore have access to a large number of eligible personnel in each of our call center locations.  In addition, 
there  are  several  military  bases  near  our  Virginia  locations  which  provide  us  with  an  excellent  source  of 
employees.  As a result, we employ numerous military spouses and retirees. 

Collections Training 

We  provide  a  comprehensive  multi-week  training  program  for  all  new  owned  portfolio  collectors.    Our 
training program begins with lectures on collection techniques, local, state and federal collection laws, systems, 
negotiation  skills,  skip  tracing  and  telephone  use.    These  sessions  are  then  followed  by  additional  weeks  of 
practical  instruction,  including  conducting  live  calls  with  additional  managerial  supervision  in  order  to  provide 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
employees  with  confidence  and  guidance  while  still  contributing  to  our  profitability.    Each  trainee  must 
successfully  pass  a  comprehensive  examination  before  being  assigned  to  the  collection  floor,  as  well  as  once  a 
year thereafter. Our technology and systems allow us to monitor and record individual employees and then offer 
additional training in areas of deficiency to increase productivity and ensure compliance. 

Each  of  our  bankruptcy  department  employees  goes  through  an  entry  level  training  program  to  familiarize 
them  with  BMS  and  the  bankruptcy  process,  including  a  general  overview  of  how  we  interact  with  the  courts, 
debtor’s attorneys and trustees.  We also use a tiered process of cross training designed to familiarize advancing 
employees  with  a  variety  of  operational  assignments  and  analytical  tasks.    For  example,  we  utilize  specially 
trained  employees  to  perform  advanced  data  matching  and  analytics  for  clients,  while  others  are  tasked  with 
resolving objections directly with attorneys and trustees.  In rare circumstances, resolution of these objections may 
need to be effectuated by working through our network of local counsel.  

Office of General Counsel 

Our  Office  of  General  Counsel  manages  general  corporate  governance;  litigation;  insurance;  corporate  and 
commercial  transactions;  intellectual  property;  contract  and  document  preparation  and  review;  compliance  with 
federal securities laws and other regulations and statutes; obtaining and maintaining insurance coverage; business 
acquisitions; and dispute and complaint resolution. As a part of its compliance functions, our Office of General 
Counsel  works  with  our  Director  of  Internal  Audit  in  the  implementation  of  our  Code  of  Ethics.    In  that 
connection,  we  have  implemented  companywide  ethics  training  and  have  established  a  confidential  telephone 
hotline  to  report  suspected  policy  violations,  fraud,  embezzlement,  deception  in  record  keeping  and  reporting, 
accounting,  auditing  matters  and  other  acts  which  are  inappropriate,  criminal  and/or  unethical.    Our  Code  of 
Ethics is available at the Investor Relations page of our website. Our Office of General Counsel also oversees our 
Quality  Control  and  Compliance  department  and  advises  our  staff  in  relevant  areas  including  the  Fair  Debt 
Collection Practices Act and other laws and regulations. Our Office of General Counsel  recommends guidelines 
and  procedures  for  collection  personnel  to  follow  when  communicating  with  customers,  customer’s  agents, 
attorneys  and  other  parties  during  our  recovery  efforts.  This  includes  approving  all  written  communications  to 
account  debtors.    In  addition,  our  Office  of  General  Counsel  regularly  researches  and  provides  collections 
personnel  and  our  training  department  with  summaries  and  updates  of  changes  in federal and state statutes and 
relevant  case  law  so  that  they  are  aware  of  and  in  compliance  with  changing  laws  and  judicial  decisions  when 
skip-tracing or collecting accounts. 

Regulation 

Federal  and  state  statutes  establish  specific  guidelines  and  procedures  which  debt  collectors  must  follow 
when collecting  customer accounts. It is our policy to comply with the provisions of all applicable federal laws 
and corresponding state statutes in all of our recovery activities. Our failure to comply with these laws could have 
a  material  adverse  effect  on  us  in  the  event  and  to  the  extent  that  they  apply  to  some  or  all  of  our  recovery 
activities. Federal and state consumer protection, privacy and related laws and regulations extensively regulate the 
relationship between debt collectors and debtors, and the relationship between customers and credit card issuers. 
Significant federal laws and regulations applicable to our business as a debt collector include the following: 

• Fair Debt Collection Practices Act.  This act imposes certain obligations and restrictions on the practices of 
debt collectors, including specific restrictions regarding communications with customers, including the time, place 
and manner of the communications. This act also gives consumers certain rights, including the right to dispute the 
validity of their obligations and a right to sue debt collectors who fail to comply with its provisions, including the 
right to recover their attorney fees. 

• Fair Credit Reporting Act.  This act places certain requirements on credit information providers regarding 
the verification of the accuracy of information provided to credit reporting agencies and investigating consumer 
disputes  concerning  the  accuracy  of  such  information.  We  provide  information  concerning  our  accounts  to  the 
three major credit reporting agencies, and it is our practice to correctly report this information and to investigate 
credit reporting disputes. The Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act amended the Fair Credit Reporting Act 
to include additional duties applicable to data furnishers with respect to information in the consumer’s credit file 
that the consumer identifies as resulting from identity theft, and requires that data furnishers have procedures in 
place to prevent such information from being furnished to credit reporting agencies.  

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 • Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.  This act requires that certain financial institutions, including collection agencies, 
develop  policies  to  protect  the  privacy  of  consumers’  private  financial  information  and  provide  notices  to 
consumers  advising  them  of  their  privacy  policies.  This  act  also  requires  that  if  private  personal  information 
concerning a consumer is shared with another unrelated institution, the consumer must be given an opportunity to 
opt out of having such information shared. Since we do not share consumer information with non-related entities, 
except as required by law, or except as needed to collect on the receivables, our consumers are not entitled to any 
opt-out rights under this act. This act is enforced by the Federal Trade Commission, which has retained exclusive 
jurisdiction  over  its  enforcement,  and  does  not  afford  a  private  cause  of  action  to  consumers  who  may  wish  to 
pursue legal action against a financial institution for violations of this act. 

•  Electronic  Funds  Transfer  Act.    This  act  regulates  the  use  of  the  Automated  Clearing  House  ("ACH") 
system  to  make  electronic  funds  transfers.    All  ACH  transactions  must  comply  with  the  rules  of  the  National 
Automated  Check Clearing House  Association ("NACHA") and Uniform Commercial Code § 3-402.  This act, 
the  NACHA  regulations  and  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code  give  the  consumer,  among  other  things,  certain 
privacy rights with respect to electronic fund transfer transactions, the right to stop payments on a pre-approved 
fund transfer, and the right to receive certain documentation of the transaction.  This act also gives consumers a 
right to sue institutions which cause financial damages as a result of their failure to comply with its provisions. 

•  Telephone  Consumer  Protection  Act.    In  the process of collecting accounts, we  use  automated predictive 
dialers  and  pre-recorded  messages  to  communicate  with  our  customers.  This  act  and  similar  state  laws  place 
certain  restrictions  on  users  of  certain  automated  dialing  equipment  and  pre-recorded  messages  who  place 
telephone calls to consumers. 

•  Servicemembers  Civil  Relief  Act.    The  Soldiers’  and  Sailors’  Civil  Relief  Act  of  1940  was  amended  in 
December  2003  as  the  Servicemembers  Civil  Relief  Act  (―SCRA‖).  The  SCRA  gives  U.S.  military  service 
personnel relief from credit obligations they may have incurred prior to entering military service, and may also 
apply in certain circumstances to obligations and liabilities incurred by a servicemember while serving on active 
duty.  The  SCRA  prohibits  creditors  from  taking  specified  actions  to  collect  the  defaulted  accounts  of 
servicemembers.  The  SCRA  impacts  many  different  types  of  credit  obligations,  including  installment  contracts 
and  court  proceedings,  and  tolls  the  statute  of limitations during the time that the servicemember is engaged in 
active  military  service.  The  SCRA  also  places  a  cap  on  interest  bearing  obligations  of  servicemembers  to  an 
amount not greater than 6% per year, inclusive of all related charges and fees. 

• Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act.  The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability 
Act  (―HIPAA‖)  provides  standards  to  protect  the  confidentiality  of  patients’  personal  healthcare  and  financial 
information.  Pursuant  to  HIPAA,  business  associates  of  health  care  providers,  such  as  agencies  which  collect 
healthcare receivables, must comply with certain privacy and security standards established by HIPAA to ensure 
that the information provided will be safeguarded from misuse.  This act is enforced by the Department of Health 
and  Human  Services  and  does not afford a private  cause  of action to consumers who may wish to pursue legal 
action against an institution for violations of this act. 

• U.S. Bankruptcy Code.   In order to prevent any collection activity with bankrupt debtors by creditors and 
collection  agencies,  the  U.S.  Bankruptcy  Code  provides  for  an  automatic  stay,  which  prohibits  certain  contacts 
with  consumers  after  the  filing of bankruptcy petitions.  The U.S. Bankruptcy Code also dictates what types of 
claims will or will not be allowed in a bankruptcy proceeding and how such claims may be discharged. 

•  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act.   On  July  21,  2010  the  Dodd-Frank  Wall 
Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  (the  ―Dodd-Frank  Act‖)  became  law.   The  Dodd-Frank  Act 
restructured the regulation and supervision of the financial services industry and created the Consumer Financial 
Protection  Bureau  (the  CFPB‖).   The  CFPB  has  rulemaking  and  enforcement  authority over  ―non-banks‖ 
including  debt  collectors.   On February 16, 2012, the  CFPB released a proposed rule which, if adopted, would 
enable  it to supervise and examine debt collectors with annual receipts of  more than $10 million.  Many of the 
provisions  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  have  extended  implementation  periods  and  delayed  effective  dates  and  will 
require extensive rulemaking.  As a result, the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business cannot be 
determined at this time. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Additionally, there are some state statutes and regulations comparable to the above federal laws, and specific 
licensing requirements which affect our operations. State laws may also limit credit account interest rates and fees, 
as  well  as  limit  the  time  frame  in  which  judicial  and  non-judicial  actions  may  be  initiated  to  collect  consumer 
accounts. 

Although  we  are  not  a  credit  originator,  some  of  the  following  laws,  which  apply  principally  to  credit 
originators,  may  occasionally  affect  our  operations  because  our  receivables  were  originated  through  credit 
transactions: 

• Truth in Lending Act;  

• Fair Credit Billing Act; and  

• Equal Credit Opportunity Act.  

Federal laws which regulate credit originators require, among other things, that credit card issuers disclose to 
consumers the interest rates, fees, grace periods and balance calculation methods associated with their credit card 
accounts.  Consumers  are  entitled  under  current  laws  to  have  payments  and  credits  applied  to  their  accounts 
promptly, to receive prescribed notices and to require billing errors to be resolved promptly. Some laws prohibit 
discriminatory practices in connection with the extension of credit. Federal statutes further provide that, in some 
cases, consumers cannot be held liable for, or their liability is limited with respect to, charges to the credit card 
account  that  were  a  result  of  an  unauthorized  use  of  the  credit  card.  These  laws,  among  others,  may  give 
consumers a legal cause of action against us, or may limit our ability to recover amounts owing with respect to the 
receivables,  whether  or  not  we  committed  any  wrongful  act  or  omission  in  connection  with  the  account.  If  the 
credit originator fails to comply with applicable statutes, rules and regulations, it could create claims and rights 
for consumers that could reduce or eliminate their obligations to repay the account and have a possible material 
adverse effect on us. 

Accordingly,  when  we  acquire  defaulted  consumer  receivables,  typically  we  contractually  require  credit 
originators to indemnify us against any losses caused by their failure to comply with applicable statutes, rules and 
regulations relating to the receivables before they are sold to us.  

The U.S. Congress and several states have enacted legislation concerning identity theft. Additional consumer 
protection  and  privacy  protection  laws  may  be  enacted  that  would  impose  additional  requirements  on  the 
enforcement of and recovery on consumer credit card or installment accounts. Any new laws, rules or regulations 
that may be adopted, as well as existing consumer protection and privacy protection laws, may adversely affect 
our ability to recover the receivables. In addition, our failure to comply with these requirements could adversely 
affect our ability to enforce the receivables.  

We  cannot  assure  you  that  some  of  our  receivables  were  not  established  as  a  result  of  identity  theft  or 
unauthorized use of a credit card.   In the event that a receivable was established as a result of identity theft or 
unauthorized  use,  we  could  not  recover  the  amount  of  the  defaulted  consumer  receivables.  As  a  purchaser  of 
defaulted  consumer  receivables,  we  may  acquire  receivables  subject  to  legitimate  defenses  on  the  part  of  the 
consumer.  Typically  our  account  purchase  contracts  allow  us  to  return  to  the  debt  owners  certain  defaulted 
consumer  receivables  that  may  not  be  collectible,  due  to  these  and  other  circumstances.  Upon  return,  the  debt 
owners  are  required  to  replace  the  receivables  with  similar  receivables  or  repurchase  the  receivables.  These 
provisions limit to some extent our losses on such accounts. 

In addition to our obligation to comply with applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, we are 
also obligated to comply with judicial decisions reached in court cases involving legislation passed by any such 
governmental bodies. 

18 

 
 
  
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1A.  Risk Factors. 

The following are risks related to our business. 

A  prolonged  economic  recovery  or  a  deterioration  in  the  economic  or  inflationary  environment in  the  United 
States or the United Kingdom may have an adverse effect on our collections, results of operations, revenue and 
stock price.   

Our performance may be affected by economic or inflationary conditions in the United States and the United 
Kingdom.    Economic  conditions  in  the  United  States  and  the  United  Kingdom  may  be  impacted  by  domestic 
conditions or by global economic conditions such as those currently being experienced in Europe.   Deterioration 
in  economic  conditions,  a  prolonged  economic  recovery,  or  a  significant  rise  in  inflation  could  cause  personal 
bankruptcy filings to increase, and the ability of consumers to pay their debts could be adversely affected. This 
may in turn adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, revenue and stock price. Deteriorating 
economic conditions or a prolonged recovery could also adversely impact businesses and governmental entities to 
which  we  provide  fee-based  services,  which  could  reduce  our  fee  income  and  cash  flow  and  thereby  adversely 
impact our financial condition, results of operations, revenue and stock price.  Other factors associated with the 
economy that could influence our performance include the financial stability of the lenders on our line of credit, 
our access to credit, and financial factors affecting consumers.  

The financial turmoil which affected the banking system and financial markets in recent years has resulted in 
a  tightening  in  credit markets.  There could  be  a  number  of  follow-on  effects  from  the  financial  turmoil  on our 
business, including a decrease in the value of our financial investments and the insolvency of lending institutions, 
including  the  lenders  on  our line  of credit, resulting in our inability to obtain credit. These and other economic 
factors could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

We  may  not  be  able  to  purchase  defaulted  consumer  receivables  at  appropriate  prices,  and  a  decrease  in  our 
ability to purchase portfolios of receivables could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue.   

If  we  are  unable  to  purchase  defaulted  receivables  from  debt  owners  at  appropriate prices,  or one or more 
debt owners stop selling defaulted receivables to us, we could lose a potential source of cash flow and income and 
our business may be harmed.  The availability of receivables portfolios at prices which generate an appropriate 
return  on  our  investment  depends  on  a  number  of  factors  both  within  and  outside  of  our  control,  including  the 
following:  

• the continuation of high levels of consumer debt obligations; 

• sales of defaulted receivables portfolios by debt owners; and 

• competitive factors affecting potential purchasers and credit originators of receivables. 

Moreover, there can be no assurance that our existing or potential clients will continue to sell their defaulted 
consumer  receivables  at recent levels or at all, or that we will be able to continue to offer competitive bids for 
defaulted  consumer  receivables  portfolios.    If  we  are  unable  to  develop  and  expand  our  business  or  adapt  to 
changing  market  needs  as  well  as  our  current  or future competitors are able to do, we may experience reduced 
access to defaulted consumer receivables portfolios at appropriate prices and reduced profitability. 

Because  of the length of time involved in collecting defaulted consumer receivables on acquired portfolios 
and the volatility in the timing of our collections, we may not be able to identify trends and make changes in our 
purchasing strategies in a timely manner.  

We  may  not  be  able  to  continually  replace  our  defaulted  consumer  receivables  with  additional  receivables 
portfolios sufficient to operate efficiently and profitably.  

To operate profitably, we must acquire and service a sufficient amount of defaulted consumer receivables to 
generate  revenue  that  exceeds  our  expenses.    Fixed  costs  such  as  salaries  and  lease  or  other  facility  costs 
constitute  a  significant  portion  of  our  overhead  and,  if  we  do  not  replace  the  defaulted  consumer  receivables 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
portfolios we service with additional portfolios, we may have to reduce the number of our collection personnel.  
We would then have to rehire collection staff as we obtain additional defaulted consumer receivables portfolios. 
These practices could lead to:  

• low employee morale; 

• fewer experienced employees; 

• higher training costs; 

• disruptions in our operations; 

• loss of efficiency; and 

• excess costs associated with unused space in our facilities. 

Furthermore,  heightened  regulation  of  the  credit  card  and  consumer  lending  industry  or  changing  credit 
origination  strategies  may  result  in  decreased  availability  of  credit to consumers, potentially leading to a future 
reduction in defaulted consumer receivables available for purchase from debt owners.  We cannot predict how our 
ability to identify and purchase receivables and the quality of those receivables would be affected if there were a 
shift  in  consumer  lending  practices,  whether  caused  by  changes  in  the  regulations  or  accounting  practices 
applicable to debt owners, a sustained economic downturn or otherwise. 

A  portion  of  our  collections  depends  on  success  in  individual  lawsuits.    Additionally,  in  pursuing  legal 
collections,  we  may  be  unable  to  obtain  accurate  and  authentic  account  documents  for  accounts  that  we 
purchase,  and  despite  our  quality  control  measures,  we  cannot  be  certain  that  all  of  the  documents  that  we 
provide are error free. 

A  portion  of  our  collections  on  accounts  is  achieved  through  the  legal  channel.   We  anticipate  that  legal 
collections as a proportion of our Core cash collections will increase in the future.  Accordingly, a percentage of 
our future collections is dependent on success in individual lawsuits, and a portion of those are dependent on the 
success  of  third  party  attorney  firms.   In  addition,  when  we  collect accounts  judicially,  courts in  certain 
jurisdictions  require  that a  copy  of  certain  account  documents  such  as  account  statements  be  attached  to  the 
pleadings  in  order  to  obtain  a  judgment  against  the  account  debtors.   If  we  are  unable  to  produce accurate  and 
authentic  account  documents,  these  courts  will  deny  our  claims.   We  rely  on  the  seller  of  accounts  that  we 
purchase to fulfill its contractual obligation, if applicable, to provide account documents to us in an accurate and 
timely  fashion.   Additionally,  we  rely  on  our  employees  to  produce  accurate  and  authentic  documents.   Our 
inability  to  obtain  these  documents  from  the  seller,  or  our  own  errors  in  producing  account  documents,  may 
negatively impact the liquidation rate on such accounts that are subject to judicial collections.  Additionally, our 
ability  to  collect  non-judicially  may  be  negatively  impacted  by  state  laws  which  require  that  certain  types  of 
account documentation be in our possession prior to the institution of any collection activities. 

We may not be able to collect sufficient amounts on our defaulted consumer receivables to fund our operations.  

Our business primarily consists of acquiring and liquidating receivables that consumers have failed to pay and 
that  the  credit  originator  has  deemed  uncollectible  and  has  charged-off.    The  debt  owners  have  typically  made 
numerous  attempts  to  recover  on  their  defaulted  consumer  receivables,  often  using  a  combination  of  in-house 
recovery efforts and third-party collection agencies.  These defaulted consumer receivables are difficult to collect 
and  we  may  not  collect  a  sufficient  amount  to  cover  our  investment  associated  with  purchasing  the  defaulted 
consumer receivables and the costs of running our business.  

We may not be successful at acquiring receivables of new asset types.  

We  may  pursue  the  acquisition  of  receivables  portfolios  of  asset  types  in  which  we  have  little  current 
experience.  We may not be successful in completing any acquisitions of receivables of these asset types and our 
limited experience in these asset types may impair our ability to collect on these receivables.  This may cause us 

20 

 
 
  
 
 
to  pay  too  much  for  these  receivables  and,  consequently,  we  may  not  generate  a  profit  from  these  receivables 
portfolio acquisitions.  

Our collections may decrease if certain types of bankruptcy filings involving liquidations increase.  

Various  economic  trends  and  potential  changes  to  existing  legislation  may  contribute  to  an  increase  in  the 
amount of personal bankruptcy filings.  Under certain bankruptcy filings a debtor’s assets may be sold to repay 
creditors, but because the defaulted consumer receivables we service are generally unsecured we often would not 
be able to collect on those receivables.  We cannot ensure that our collections would not decline with an increase 
in  personal  bankruptcy  filings  or  a  change  in  bankruptcy  regulations  or  practices.    If  our  actual  collection 
experience  with  respect  to  a  defaulted  bankrupt  consumer  receivables  portfolio  is  significantly  lower  than  we 
projected when we purchased the portfolio, our financial condition and results of operations could deteriorate.  

Our ability to collect on portfolios of bankrupt consumer receivables may be impacted by changes in federal laws 
or changes in the administrative practices of the various bankruptcy courts. 

We collect on consumer receivables in which consumers have filed for bankruptcy protection under available 
U.S. bankruptcy laws.  We collect on  such consumer receivables after we acquired them, and we also purchase 
accounts that are currently in bankruptcy proceedings.  Our ability to collect on portfolios of bankrupt consumer 
receivables  may  be  impacted  by  changes  in  federal  laws  or  changes  in  administrative  practices  of  the  various 
bankruptcy courts. 

Our ability to collect and enforce our finance receivables may be limited under federal and state laws.  

The  businesses  conducted  by  PRA’s  operating  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  licensing  and  regulation  by 
governmental  and  regulatory  bodies  in  the  many  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate  and  conduct  our  business. 
Federal and state laws may limit our ability to collect and enforce our defaulted consumer receivables regardless 
of any act or omission on our part.  Some laws and regulations applicable to credit issuers may preclude us from 
collecting  on  defaulted  consumer  receivables  we  purchase  if  the  credit  issuer  previously  failed  to  comply  with 
applicable laws in generating or servicing those receivables.  Collection laws and regulations also directly apply 
to our business.  Such laws and regulations are extensive and subject to change. Additional consumer protection 
and privacy protection laws may be enacted that would impose additional requirements on the enforcement of and 
collection  on  consumer  credit  receivables.   Any  new  laws,  rules  or  regulations  that  may  be  adopted,  as  well  as 
existing  consumer  protection  and  privacy  protection  laws,  may  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  collect  on  our 
defaulted consumer receivables and may harm our business.  In addition, federal and  state governmental bodies 
are  considering,  and  may  consider  in  the  future,  legislative  proposals  that  would  regulate  the  collection  of  our 
defaulted consumer receivables.  Further, certain tax laws could negatively impact our ability to collect or cause 
us  to  incur  additional  expenses.   Although  we  cannot predict if or how any future legislation would impact our 
business,  our  failure  to  comply  with  any  current  or  future  laws  or  regulations  applicable  to  us  could  limit  our 
ability  to  collect  on  our  defaulted  consumer  receivables,  which  could  reduce  our  profitability  and  harm  our 
business. 

Failure  to  comply  with  existing  and  new  government  regulation  of  the  collections  industry  could  result  in 
penalties,  litigation,  damage  to  our  reputation  or  the  suspension  or  termination  of  our  ability  to  conduct  our 
business. 

The  collections  industry  is  governed  by  various  U.S.  federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations.  Many  states 
regulate our business and require us to be a licensed debt collector. Our industry is also at times  investigated by 
regulators and offices of state attorneys general, which could lead to enforcement actions, fines and penalties, or 
the  assertion  of  private  claims  and  law  suits  against  us.    The  Federal  Trade  Commission  has  the  authority  to 
investigate  consumer  complaints  against  debt  collection  companies  and  to  recommend  enforcement  actions and 
seek monetary penalties.  If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, such failure could result in 
penalties, litigation losses and expenses, damage to our reputation, or the suspension or termination of our ability 
to conduct collections, which would materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and 
stock price.  In addition, new federal and state laws or regulations  or changes in the ways that existing rules or 
laws  are  interpreted  or  enforced  could  limit  our  activities  in  the  future  or  significantly  increase  the  cost  of 
compliance.    Furthermore,  judges  or  regulatory  bodies  could  interpret  current  rules  or  laws differently than the 

21 

 
 
 
way we do, leading to such adverse consequences described above.   The resolution of such matters may require 
considerable time and expense, and if not resolved in our favor, may result in fines or damages, and possibly an 
adverse effect on our financial condition. 

Changes in governmental laws and regulations could increase our costs and liabilities or impact our operations.  

Changes in laws and regulations or the manner in which they are interpreted or applied may alter our business 
environment. This could affect our results of operations or increase our liabilities. These negative impacts could 
result  from  changes  in  collection  laws,  laws  related  to  credit  reporting,  consumer  bankruptcy,  accounting 
standards,  taxation  requirements,  employment  laws  and  communications  laws,  among  others.  For  example,  we 
know that both federal and state  governments are  currently reviewing existing law related to debt collection, in 
order to determine if any changes are needed.  Additionally, in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act became law.  The 
Dodd-Frank Act restructures the  regulation and supervision of the financial services industry.  The Dodd-Frank 
Act created a new independent regulator, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, which will have rulemaking, 
supervisory, and enforcement authority over federal consumer financial protection laws.  If we become subject to 
additional  costs  or  liabilities  in  the  future  resulting  from  changes  in  laws  and  regulations,  that  could  adversely 
affect our results of operations and financial condition.   

We may make business acquisitions that prove unsuccessful or strain or divert our resources.   

Through acquisitions, we may enter markets in which we have no or limited experience.  Further, acquisitions 
may place additional constraints on our resources by diverting the attention of our management team from other 
business concerns.  Moreover, any acquisition may result in a potentially dilutive issuance of equity securities or 
may result in the incurrence of additional debt and amortization expenses of related intangible assets, which could 
reduce our profitability and harm our business. 

We  intend  to  consider  acquisitions  of  companies  that  could  complement  our  business,  including  the 
acquisition of entities offering greater access and expertise  in other asset types and markets that are related but 
that we do not currently serve.  We may not be able to successfully operate future acquired entities, or integrate 
these businesses with our own, and we may be unable to maintain our standards, controls and policies.   

Our international operations expose us to additional risks which could harm our business, operating results, and 
financial condition. 

In the first quarter of 2012, we acquired MHH, a United Kingdom debt collection and purchase group.  We 
have  limited  operating  experience  in  international  markets.    In  addition  to  risks  described  elsewhere  in  this 
section, our international operations expose us to numerous risks and uncertainties, including the following: 

  Changes in local political, economic, social and labor conditions in the United Kingdom, 

  Foreign exchange controls that might prevent us from repatriating cash earned in countries outside the 

United States, 

  Currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations  and  our  ability  to  manage  these  fluctuations  through  a  foreign 

exchange risk management program,   

  Different  employee/employer  relationships,  laws  and  regulations  and  existence  of  employment 

tribunals, 

  Laws and regulations governing data security, sharing and transfer, and 

  Logistical, communications and other challenges caused by distance and cultural differences, making it 

harder to do business in certain jurisdictions. 

In addition, compliance with complex foreign and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to our international 
operations  could  increase  our  cost  of  doing  business  in  international  jurisdictions.    These  laws  and  regulations 

22 

 
 
 
       
 
include  anti-corruption  laws  such  as  the  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act,  the  UK  Bribery  Act  of  2010  and  other 
local  laws  prohibiting  corrupt  payments  to  governmental  officials,  and  those  related  to  taxation.    Violations  of 
these laws and regulations could result in fines and penalties; criminal sanctions against us, our officers, or our 
employees; prohibitions on the conduct of our business and on our ability to offer our products and services in one 
or  more  countries, and could also materially affect our brand, our international expansion efforts, our ability to 
attract and retain employees, our business and our operating results.  Although we have implemented policies and 
procedures  designed  to  ensure  compliance  with  these  laws  and  regulations,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  our 
employees, contractors or agents will not violate our policies.   

Furthermore, since we conduct business in currencies other than U.S. dollars but report our financial results 
in U.S. dollars, we face exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.  As a result, significant fluctuations in 
exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies may adversely affect our net income.  We may or 
may  not  implement  a  hedging  program  related  to  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations.    Additionally,  if 
implemented,  such  hedging  programs  are  inherently  risky  and  could  expose  us  to  additional  risks  that  could 
adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. 

Goodwill impairment could negatively impact our net income and stockholders’ equity.    

Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level.  Goodwill is required to be 
tested for impairment annually and between annual tests if events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely 
than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.  There are numerous risks that may 
cause the fair value of a reporting unit to fall below its carrying amount, which could lead to the recognition of 
goodwill impairment.  These risks include, but are not limited to, adverse changes in macroeconomic conditions, 
the business climate, or the market for the entity’s products or services; significant variances between actual and 
expected  financial  results;  lowered  expectations  of  future  results;  failure  to  realize  anticipated  synergies  from 
acquisitions; a more likely-than-not expectation of selling or disposing all or a portion of a reporting unit; the loss 
of key personnel; a sustained decline in the Company’s market capitalization; and an adverse action or assessment 
by a regulator.  The Company had $61.7 million of goodwill recorded on its balance sheet as of December 31, 
2011.    

The loss of customers in our fee-for-service businesses could negatively affect our operations.  

Our  fee-for-service  customers,  in  general,  may  terminate  their  relationship  with  us  on  30  to  90 days’  prior 
notice. In the event a customer or customers terminate or significantly cut back any relationship with us, it could 
reduce our profitability and harm our business.  Additionally, with respect to the acquisitions of our fee businesses 
a significant portion of the valuation of such business was attributed to existing client and customer relationships.  
Therefore, a loss of customers in these businesses could give  rise to an impairment charge related to intangible 
assets specifically ascribed to existing client and customer relationships. 

Our  senior  management  team  is  important  to  our  continued  success  and  the  loss  of  one  or  more  members  of 
senior management could negatively affect our operations.  

The  loss  of  the  services  of  one  or  more  of  our  key  executive  officers  or  key  employees  could  disrupt  our 
operations.  We have employment agreements with Steve Fredrickson, our president, chief executive officer and 
chairman  of  our  board  of  directors,  Kevin  Stevenson,  our  executive  vice  president  and  chief  financial  and 
administrative  officer,  and  most  of  our  other  senior  executives.    The  current  agreements  contain  non-compete 
provisions  that  survive  termination  of  employment.    However,  these  agreements  do  not  and  will  not  assure  the 
continued  services  of  these  officers  and  we  cannot  ensure  that  the  non-compete  provisions  will be enforceable. 
Our  success  depends  on  the  continued  service  and  performance  of  our  key  executive  officers,  and  we  cannot 
guarantee that we will be able to retain those individuals.  

Our work force could become unionized in the future, which could adversely affect the stability of our operations 
and increase our costs. 

Currently, none of our employees are represented by unions.  However, our employees have the right at any 
time  under the National Labor Relations Act to form or affiliate with a union.  If some or all of our workforce 
were to become unionized and the terms of the collective bargaining agreement were significantly different from 

23 

 
 
our current compensation arrangements, it could adversely affect the stability of our work force and increase our 
costs.  

We  experience  high  employee  turnover  rates  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  hire  and  retain  enough  sufficiently 
trained employees to support our operations.  

The receivables management industry is very labor intensive and, similar to other companies in our industry, 
we typically experience a high rate of employee turnover.  We experience higher productivity with more seasoned 
collectors.    Our  annual  turnover  rate  for  the  past  several  years  for  collectors  who  complete  our  multi-week 
training program has ranged between 39% and 59%.  We compete for qualified personnel with companies in our 
industry and in other industries.  Our growth requires that we continually hire and train new collectors.  A higher 
turnover  rate  among  our  collectors  will  increase  our  recruiting  and  training  costs  and  limit  the  number  of 
experienced collection personnel available to service our defaulted consumer receivables.  If this were to occur, 
we would not be able to service our defaulted consumer receivables effectively and this would reduce our ability 
to continue our growth and operate profitability.   

We may not be able to retain, renegotiate or replace our existing credit facility. 

Our credit facility includes an aggregate principal amount available of $407.5 million which consists of a $50 
million  fixed  rate  loan  that  matures  on  May  4,  2012,  and  a  $357.5  million  revolving  facility  that  matures  on 
December  20,  2014.    The  revolving  facility  will  be  automatically  increased  by  $50  million  upon  maturity  and 
repayment of the fixed rate loan.  If we are unable to retain, renegotiate or replace our credit facility, our growth 
could be adversely affected, which could negatively impact liquidity, our business operations and the price of our 
common stock. 

We may not be able to continue to satisfy the restrictive covenants in our debt agreements. 

Our  debt  agreements  impose  a number of restrictive covenants on how we operate  our business. Failure to 
satisfy any one of these covenants could result in all or any of the following consequences, each of which could 
have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct business:  

acceleration of outstanding indebtedness;  

exercise by our lenders of rights with respect to the collateral pledged under [certain of] our 
outstanding indebtedness; 

our inability to continue to purchase receivables needed to operate our business; or  

our inability to secure alternative financing on favorable terms, if at all.  

Changes  in  interest  rates  could  increase  our interest expense and reduce our net income.  Our future hedging 
strategies  may  not  be  successful  in  mitigating  our  risks  associated  with  changes  in  interest  rates  and  could 
adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition,  as  could  our  failure  to  comply  with  hedge 
accounting principles and interpretations.   

Our  revolving  credit  facility  bears  interest  at  a  variable  rate.    Increases  in  interest  rates  could  increase  our 
interest  expense  which  would,  in  turn,  lower  our  earnings.    From  time  to  time,  we  may  enter  into  hedging 
transactions  to  mitigate  our  interest  rate  risk  on  a  portion  of  our  credit  facility.  Our  hedging  strategies  rely  on 
assumptions  and  projections.  If  these  assumptions  and  projections  prove  to  be  incorrect  or  our  hedges  do  not 
adequately mitigate the impact of changes in interest rates, we may experience volatility in our earnings that could 
adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.    We  had  no  interest  rate  hedge  contracts  at 
December 31, 2011. 

In addition, hedge accounting in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815 ―Derivatives and Hedging‖ requires 
the application of significant subjective judgments to a body of accounting concepts that is complex and for which 
the  interpretations  have  continued  to  evolve  within  the  accounting  profession  and  among  the  standard-setting 
bodies.  Our failure to comply with hedge accounting principles and interpretations in the future could result in the 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
   
 
  
 
 
   
 
    
 
 
loss of the applicability of hedge accounting which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial 
condition. 

Additional taxes levied on us could harm our financial results.  

PRA is subject to taxes in the U.S. and, beginning in the first quarter of 2012, the United Kingdom.  PRA’s 
future effective tax rates could be affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory 
tax  rates,  changes  in  the  valuation  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities,  or  changes  in  tax  laws  or  their 
interpretation.  Any  of  these  changes  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  PRA’s  profitability.   The 
determination of the worldwide provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities requires significant judgment. 
Although we believe our estimates are reasonable, the ultimate tax outcome may differ from the amounts recorded 
in our financial statements and may materially affect our financial results in the period or periods for which such 
determination is made. 

 Our  tax  filings  are  subject  to  audit  by  domestic  and  foreign  tax  authorities.  These  audits  may  result  in 
assessments  of  additional  taxes,  adjustments  to  the  timing  of  taxable  income  or  deductions  or  allocations  of 
income among tax jurisdictions.  If any such challenges are  made and are not resolved in our favor, they could 
have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.  

We file domestic income tax returns using the cost recovery method for tax revenue recognition as it relates 
to  our  debt  purchasing  business.   The  Internal  Revenue  Service  (―IRS‖)  has  audited  and  issued  a  Notice  of 
Deficiency for the tax years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. They have asserted that cost recovery for 
tax revenue recognition does not clearly reflect taxable income and that unused line fees paid on credit facilities 
should be capitalized and amortized rather than taken as a current deduction.  We have filed a petition in United 
States  Tax  Court  and  believe  we  have  sufficient  support  for  the  technical  merits  of  our  positions  and  that  it  is 
more-likely-than-not  that  these  positions  will  ultimately  be  sustained;  therefore,  a  reserve  for  uncertain  tax 
positions is not necessary for these tax positions.  If we are unsuccessful in tax court, we can appeal to the federal 
Circuit Court of Appeals.  If judicial appeals prove unsuccessful, we may ultimately be required to pay the related 
deferred  taxes, any  potential  interest,  and  penalties,  possibly  requiring  additional  financing  from other sources.  
The  deferred  tax  liability  related  to  revenue  recognition  on  our  debt  purchasing  business  is  $195.3  million  at 
December  31,  2011.   On  June  30,  2011,  we  were  notified  by  the  IRS  that  the  audit  period  was  expanded  to 
include the tax years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.  

We  utilize  the  interest  method  of  revenue  recognition  for  determining  our  income  recognized  on  finance 
receivables, which is based on an analysis of projected cash flows that may prove to be less than anticipated and 
could lead to reductions in future revenues or the incurrence of allowance charges.  

We utilize the interest method to determine income recognized on finance receivables under the guidance of 
Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  Accounting  Standards  Codification  310-30,  ―Loans  and  Debt  Securities 
Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality‖ (―ASC 310-30‖).  Under this method, static pools of receivables we 
acquire  are  modeled  upon  their  projected  cash  flows.    A  yield  is  then  established  which,  when  applied  to  the 
unamortized purchase price of the receivables, results in the recognition of income at a constant yield relative to 
the  remaining  balance  in  the  pool.    Each  static  pool  is  analyzed  monthly  to  assess  the  actual  performance 
compared  to  that  expected  by  the  model.    Significant  increases  in  actual  or  projected  future  cash  flows  are 
recognized prospectively, through an upward adjustment of the yield, over a pool’s estimated remaining life.  Any 
increase  to  the  yield  then  becomes  the  new  benchmark  for  future  impairment  testing  for the pool.   Under ASC 
310-30, rather than lowering the estimated yield for significant decreases in actual or projected future cash flows, 
an allowance charge is recorded to reduce the carrying value of a pool to maintain the then current yield and is 
shown as a reduction in revenues in the consolidated income statements with a corresponding valuation allowance 
offsetting finance receivables, net, on the consolidated balance sheets.  As a result, if the accuracy of the modeling 
process deteriorates or there is a significant decline in anticipated future cash flows, we could incur reductions in 
future  revenues  resulting  from  additional  allowance  charges,  which  could  reduce  our  profitability  in  a  given 
period and negatively impact our stock price. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may not be able to successfully anticipate, manage or adopt technological advances within our industry.  

Our  business  relies  on  computer  and  telecommunications  technologies  and  our  ability  to  integrate  these 
technologies  into  our  business  is  essential  to  our  competitive  position  and  our  success.    Computer  and 
telecommunications technologies are evolving rapidly and are characterized by short product life cycles.  We may 
not  be  successful  in  anticipating,  managing  or  adopting  technological  changes  on  a  timely  basis,  which  could 
reduce our profitability or disrupt our operations and harm our business. 

While  we  believe  that  our  existing  information  systems  are  sufficient  to  meet  our  current  demands  and 
continued  expansion,  our  future  growth  may  require  additional  investment  in  these  systems.    We  depend  on 
having  the  capital  resources  necessary  to  invest  in  new  technologies  to  acquire and service  defaulted consumer 
receivables.  We cannot ensure that adequate capital resources will be available to us at the appropriate time. 

We rely on our systems and employees, and certain failures or disruptions could adversely affect the continuity of 
our business operations.   

We may be subject to disruptions of our operating systems arising from events that are not entirely within our 
control.    Those  events  may  include,  for  example,  terrorist  attacks,  war  and  the  outcome  of  war  and  threats  of 
attacks; computer viruses; electrical or telecommunications outages; natural disasters; computer hacking attacks; 
malicious  employee  acts;  other  intentional  destructive  human  acts;  and  disease  pandemics.    Any  or  all  of these 
occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and stock price. 

Additionally, our success depends in large part on sophisticated telecommunications and computer systems.  
The  temporary  or  permanent  loss  of  our  computer  and  telecommunications  equipment  and  software  systems, 
through casualty or operating malfunction, could disrupt our operations.  In the normal course of our business, we 
must  record  and  process  significant  amounts  of  data  quickly and accurately to access, maintain and expand the 
databases we use for our collection activities.  Any failure of our information systems or software and our backup 
systems would interrupt our business operations and harm our business.  Our headquarters are located in a region 
that  is  susceptible  to  hurricane  damage,  which  may  increase  the  risk  of  disruption  of  information  systems  and 
telephone service for sustained periods.  

Further,  our  business  depends  heavily  on  services  provided  by  various  local  and  long  distance  telephone 
companies.  A significant increase in telephone service costs or any significant interruption in telephone services 
could reduce our profitability or disrupt our operations and harm our business.  

We serve markets that are highly competitive, and we may be unable to compete with businesses that may have 
greater resources than we have. 

We  face  competition  in  the  markets  we  serve  from  new  and  existing  providers  of  outsourced  receivables 
management  services,  including  other  purchasers  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables  portfolios,  third-party 
contingent fee collection agencies and debt owners that manage their own defaulted consumer receivables rather 
than outsourcing them. The receivables management industry is highly fragmented and competitive, consisting of 
thousands of consumer and commercial agencies, most of which compete in the contingent fee business.  

We  face bidding competition in our acquisition of defaulted consumer receivables and in our placement of 
fee  based  receivables,  and  we  also  compete  on  the  basis  of  reputation,  industry  experience  and  performance.  
Some of our current competitors and possible new competitors may have substantially greater financial, personnel 
and  other  resources,  greater  adaptability  to  changing  market  needs,  longer  operating  histories  and  more 
established relationships in our industry than we currently have.  In the future, we may not have the resources or 
ability  to  compete  successfully.    As  there  are  few  significant  barriers  for  entry  to  new  providers  of  fee  based 
receivables  management  services,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  additional  competitors  with  greater  resources 
than ours will not enter the market.   

26 

 
 
 
We may not be able to manage our growth effectively.  

We  have  expanded  significantly  since  our  formation  and  we  intend  to  maintain  our  focus  on  growth.  
However, our growth will place additional demands on our resources and we cannot ensure that we will be able to 
manage our growth effectively.  In order to successfully manage our growth, we may need to:  

• expand and enhance our administrative infrastructure; 

• continue to improve our management, financial and information systems and controls; and 

• recruit, train, manage and retain our employees effectively. 

Continued growth could place a  strain on our management,  operations and financial  resources.  We cannot 
ensure  that  our  infrastructure,  facilities  and  personnel  will  be  adequate  to  support  our  future  operations  or  to 
effectively adapt to future growth.  If we cannot manage our growth effectively, our results of operations may be 
adversely affected.  

The market price of our shares of common stock could fluctuate significantly.    

Wide  fluctuations  in  the  trading  price  or volume of our shares of common stock could be caused by many 
factors, including factors relating to our company or to investor perception of our company (including changes in 
financial estimates and recommendations by research analysts), but also factors relating to (or relating to investor 
perception of) the receivables management industry or the economy in general.  

Negative publicity or reputational attacks could damage our reputation.   

From time to time there are negative news stories about our industry or company, especially with respect to 
alleged  conduct  in  collecting  debt  from  customers.    Negative  public  opinion  about  our  alleged  or  actual  debt 
collection  practices  or  about  the  debt  collection  industry,  especially  those  expressed  via  social  media  such  as 
blogs,  websites  or  newsletters,  could  adversely  impact  our  stock  price  and  our  ability  to  retain  and  attract 
customers and employees.     

Our  certificate  of  incorporation,  by-laws  and  Delaware  law  contain  provisions  that  may  prevent  or  delay  a 
change of control or that may otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.  

Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain provisions that may make it more difficult, expensive or 
otherwise  discourage  a  tender  offer  or  a  change  in  control  or  takeover  attempt  by  a  third-party,  even  if  such  a 
transaction would be beneficial to our stockholders. The existence of these provisions may have a negative impact 
on the price  of our common stock by discouraging third-party investors from purchasing our common stock. In 
particular, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws include provisions that:  

•   classify our board of directors into three groups, each of which will serve for staggered three-year terms;  

•   permit a majority of the stockholders to remove our directors only for cause;  

•   permit our directors, and not our stockholders, to fill vacancies on our board of directors;  

•   require stockholders to give us advance notice to nominate candidates for election to our board of directors 

or to make stockholder proposals at a stockholders’ meeting;  

•   permit a special meeting of our stockholders to be called only by approval of a majority of the directors, the 
chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president or the written request of holders 
owning at least 30% of our common stock;  

•   permit our board of directors to issue, without approval of our stockholders, preferred stock with such terms 

as our board of directors may determine;  

•   permit the authorized number of directors to be changed only by a resolution of the board of directors; and  

•   require the vote of the holders of a majority of our voting shares for stockholder amendments to our by-laws.  

27 

 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law which provides certain 
restrictions on business combinations between us and any party acquiring a 15% or greater interest in our voting 
stock  other  than  in  a  transaction  approved  by  our  board  of  directors  and, in certain cases, by our stockholders. 
These  provisions  of  our  certificate  of  incorporation,  our  by-laws  and  Delaware  law  could  delay  or  prevent  a 
change in control, even if our stockholders support such proposals. Moreover, these provisions could diminish the 
opportunities  for  stockholders  to  participate  in  certain  tender  offers,  including  tender  offers  at prices above the 
then-current market value of our common stock, and may also inhibit increases in the trading price of our common 
stock that could result from takeover attempts or speculation. 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments. 

None. 

Item 2.  Properties. 

Our principal executive offices and primary operations facility are located in approximately  100,000 square 
feet of leased space in three adjacent buildings in Norfolk, Virginia. One of our call centers is also located within 
this space.  This site can currently accommodate approximately 1,000 employees.  We own a perpetual easement 
on a parcel of land adjacent to our headquarters which we developed into a parking lot for use by our employees. 

We lease an additional 9,000 square foot facility in Norfolk, Virginia, which primarily houses our accounting 

operations staff. This facility can accommodate approximately 70 employees. 

 We  own  an  approximately  22,000  square  foot facility in Hutchinson, Kansas, comprised of two buildings, 
and contiguous parcels of land which are used primarily for employee parking.  The Hutchinson site can currently 
accommodate approximately 250 employees.  This facility contains one of our call centers. 

We  lease  a  call  center  facility  located  in  approximately  32,000  square  feet  of  space  in  Hampton,  Virginia 

which can accommodate approximately 430 employees.  

We lease a property located in Las Vegas, Nevada which houses the employees of our PLS business as well 
as certain owned portfolio call center operations.  The leased space is approximately 30,000 square feet and can 
accommodate approximately 300 employees. 

We  lease  three  facilities  in  Birmingham,  Alabama  totaling  approximately  35,000  square-feet  which  can 
accommodate approximately 360 employees.  The Birmingham facility houses some of the employees of our PRA 
GS subsidiary as well as PRA call center employees. 

We  lease  a  34,000  square  foot  building  and  a  nine-acre  parcel  of  land  in  Jackson,  Tennessee,  which  PRA 
originally  purchased  in  2006  and  subsequently  conveyed  to  the  Industrial  Development  Board  of  the  City  of 
Jackson.   We  lease  back  the  property  from  the  Industrial  Board  under  a  long  term  Master  Industrial  Lease 
Agreement and have the option to re-purchase the property at any time during the term of the lease.  This facility 
can accommodate approximately 430 employees.   This facility contains one of our call centers. 

We lease approximately 32,000 square feet of office space in several offices around the country which house 
a portion of our government services subsidiary workforce, the majority of which is located in Fresno, California.  
These offices can accommodate approximately 170 employees.   

We  lease  approximately  11,000  square  feet  of  space  in  Rosemont,  Illinois  which  can  accommodate 
approximately 30 employees.   Certain of our Information Technology Department employees are located in this 
facility.  

We lease approximately 2,500 square feet of space in Conshohocken, Pennsylvania which can accommodate 

approximately 20 employees.  This facility houses the employees of our CCB subsidiary. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We do not consider any specific leased or owned facility to be material to our operations.  We believe that 

equally suitable alternative facilities are available in all areas where we currently do business. 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings. 

We are from time to time subject to routine legal claims and proceedings, most of which are incidental to the 
ordinary course of our business.  We initiate lawsuits against customers and are occasionally countersued by them 
in  such  actions.    Also,  customers,  either  individually,  as  members  of  a  class  action,  or  through  a  governmental 
entity on behalf of customers, may initiate litigation against us in which they allege that we have violated a state or 
federal  law  in  the  process  of  collecting  on  an  account.   From  time  to  time,  other  types  of  lawsuits  are  brought 
against us. 

We accrue for potential liability arising from legal proceedings when it is probable that such liability has been 
incurred  and  the  amount  of  the  loss  can  be  reasonably  estimated.   This  determination  is  based  upon  currently 
available  information  for  those  proceedings  in  which  we  are  involved,  taking  into  account  our  best  estimate  of 
such  losses for those cases for which such estimates can be made.  Our estimate  involves significant judgment, 
given  the  varying  stages  of  the  proceedings  (including  the  fact  that  many  of  them  are  currently  in  preliminary 
stages), the number of unresolved issues in many of the proceedings (including issues regarding class certification 
and the scope of many of the claims), and the related uncertainty of the potential outcomes of these proceedings.  
In  making  determinations  of  the  likely  outcome  of  the  pending  litigation  disclosed  below,  we  consider  many 
factors,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  nature  of  the  claims,  our  experience  with  similar  types  of  claims,  the 
jurisdiction in which the matter is filed, input from outside  legal counsel, the likelihood of resolving the matter 
through  alternative  mechanisms,  the  matter's  current  status  and  the  damages  sought  or  demands  made.  
Accordingly, our estimate will change from time to time, and actual losses may be more than the current estimate.   

We believe, based upon our current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the legal proceedings 
currently pending against us should not, either individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse impact on 
our financial condition.  However, it is possible, in light of the uncertainties involved in such proceedings or due 
to  unexpected  future  developments,  that  an  unfavorable  resolution  of  a  legal  proceeding  or  claim  could  occur 
which  may  be  material  to  our  results  of  operations  for  a  particular  period.   The  matters  described  below  fall 
outside of the normal parameters of our routine legal proceedings.  

On December 6, 2011, the Missouri Supreme Court declined to hear the Missouri Attorney General's appeal 
of an earlier dismissal by the Missouri Court of Appeals of a lawsuit brought by the Missouri Attorney General 
against PRA's subsidiary, Portfolio Recovery Associates, LLC.  As a result, this matter is now concluded. 

We have been named as defendant in the following five putative class action cases, each of which alleges that 
we violated the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (―TCPA‖) by calling consumers’ cellular telephones without 
their prior express consent: Allen v. Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., Case No. 10-cv-2658, instituted in the 
United  States  District  Court  for  the  Southern  District  of  California  on  December  23,  2010;  Meyer  v.  Portfolio 
Recovery  Associates,  LLC,  Case  No.  37-2011-00083047,  instituted  in  the  Superior  Court  of  California,  San 
Diego  County  on  January  3,  2011;  Frydman  v.  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  LLC,  Case  No.  11-cv-524, 
instituted in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois on January 31, 2011; Bartlett v. 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, LLC, Case No. 11-cv-0624, instituted in the United States District Court for the 
Northern District of Georgia on March 1, 2011; and Harvey v. Portfolio Recovery Associates, LLC, Case No. 11-
cv-00582, instituted in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida on April 8, 2011.  Each 
of  the  foregoing  complaints  allege  violations  of  the  TCPA,  and  seek  damages,  injunctive  relief  and  attorneys' 
fees.   On  December  21,  2011,  the  United  States  District  Panel  on  Multi-District  Litigation  entered  an  order 
transferring  these  matters  into  one  consolidated  proceeding in the United States District Court for the Southern 
District of California, Case No. 11-md-02295. 

These matters have only recently been consolidated, no litigation has proceeded on whether or not to certify a 
class  or  on  the  merits  of  the  allegations,  and  no  demand  has  been  made.    Further,  even  if  a  class  is  ultimately 
certified, further discovery must take place in order to determine its size.  Therefore; any potential loss for these 
and other similar matters, cannot be estimated at this time; however, in the event that a class is eventually certified 
and we neither settle nor prevail on these matters, our damages, when aggregated, could potentially fall within a 

29 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
range which could be in excess of our established liability, and could be material to our financial condition, results 
of operations or cash flows for any particular reporting period. 

of 

our 

Excluding the above TCPA matter and other matters, the high end of the range of potential litigation losses in 
excess 
than 
$1,000,000.  Notwithstanding  our  attempt  to  estimate  a  range  of  possible  losses  in  excess  of  our  established 
liability based on current information, actual future losses may exceed both our established liability and the range 
of potential litigation losses disclosed in this item. 

by  management 

established 

liability is 

estimated 

currently 

be less 

to 

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures. 

Not applicable. 

PART II 

Item  5.    Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. 

Price Range of Common Stock 

Our  common  stock  (―Common  Stock‖)  began  trading  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market  under  the 
symbol ―PRAA‖ on November 8, 2002.  Prior to that time there was no public trading market for  our common 
stock.    The  following  table  sets  forth  the  high  and  low  sales  price  for  the  Common  Stock,  as  reported  by  the 
NASDAQ Global Select Market, for the periods indicated. 

2010 
Quarter ended March 31, 2010 
Quarter ended June 30, 2010 
Quarter ended September 30, 2010 
Quarter ended December 31, 2010 

2011 
Quarter ended March 31, 2011 
Quarter ended June 30, 2011 
Quarter ended September 30, 2011 
Quarter ended December 31, 2011 

High 

$58.12 
$72.80 
$71.98 
$78.00 

High 
$86.89 
$90.95 
$89.67 
$73.63 

Low 

$41.50 
$54.34 
$58.82 
$62.31 

Low 
$68.29 
$77.64 
$56.76 
$58.29 

As  of  February  3,  2012,  there  were  55  holders  of  record  of  the  Common  Stock.    Based  on  information 
provided by our transfer agent and registrar, we believe that there are approximately 23,784 beneficial owners of 
the Common Stock as of January 31, 2012. 

Stock Performance  

The following graph compares from December 31, 2006, to December 31, 2011, the cumulative stockholder 
returns assuming an initial investment of $100 in PRA’s Common Stock at the beginning of the period, the stocks 
comprising  the  NASDAQ  Global  Market  Composite  Index,  the  NASDAQ  Market  Index  (U.S.)  and  the  stocks 
comprising  a  peer  group  index  consisting  of  six  peers  which  includes  Encore  Capital  Group,  Inc.,  Asset 
Acceptance Capital Corp., Asta Funding, Inc., Compucredit Holdings Corporation, FTI Consulting Inc. and EPIQ 
Systems Inc.   Any dividends paid during the five year period are assumed to be reinvested. 

30 

 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The comparisons of stock performance shown above are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible 
future performance of PRA’s common stock. PRA does not make or endorse any predictions as to its future stock 
performance.   

Dividend Policy 

Our board of directors sets our dividend policy.  We do not currently pay regular dividends on our Common 
Stock and did not pay dividends in 2011 or 2010; however, our board of directors may determine in the future to 
declare or pay dividends on our Common Stock.   Under the terms of our credit facility, cash dividends may not 
exceed  $20  million  in  any  fiscal  year  without  the  consent  of  our  lenders.    Any  future  determination  as  to  the 
declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then 
existing  conditions,  including  our  financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  contractual  restrictions,  capital 
requirements, business prospects and other factors that our board of directors may consider relevant. 

31 

$0$20$40$60$80$100$120$140$160$180200620072008200920102011Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.NASDAQ Global Market Composite IndexNASDAQ Market Index (U.S.)Custom Peer GroupDOLLARSASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON JAN. 01, 2007As of December 31, 200620072008200920102011Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.$100$86$74$98$164$147NASDAQ Market Index (U.S.)$100$109$64$93$107$108NASDAQ Global Market Composite Index$100$104$51$73$88$76Custom Peer Group$100$96$65$70$66$65 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data. 

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the ―Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations‖  section  below,  the  audited  consolidated  financial 
statements and the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements.  

(1)  Calculated by dividing net income for each year by average monthly stockholders’ equity for the same year. 
(2)  Represents cash paid for finance receivables.  It does not include certain capitalized costs or buybacks. 
(3) 

Includes all collectors and first-line collection supervisors at December 31. 

Below are listed certain key balance sheet data for the periods presented: 

32 

20112010200920082007INCOME STATEMENT DATA:(In thousands, except per share data)Revenues:Income recognized on finance receivables, net401,895$        309,680$        215,612$        206,486$           184,705$           Fee income57,040            63,026            65,479            56,789               36,043               Total revenues458,935          372,706          281,091          263,275             220,748             Operating expenses:Compensation and employee services138,202          124,077          106,388          88,073               69,022               Legal collection fees23,621            17,599            14,872            20,610               20,233               Legal collection costs38,659            31,330            16,462            16,194               10,487               Agent fees7,653              12,012            15,644            16,065               9,467                 Outside fees and services19,310            12,554            9,570              8,883                 7,287                 Communications23,372            17,226            14,773            10,304               8,531                 Rent and occupancy5,891              5,313              4,761              3,908                 3,105                 Depreciation and amortization12,943            12,437            9,213              7,424                 5,517                 Other operating expenses12,416            10,296            8,799              6,977                 5,915                 Total operating expenses282,067          242,844          200,482          178,438             139,564             Gain on sale of property1,157              -                  -                  -                    -                    Income from operations178,025          129,862          80,609            84,837               81,184               Interest income7                     65                   3                     60                      419                    Interest expense(10,569)           (9,052)             (7,909)             (11,151)             (3,704)               Income before income taxes167,463          120,875          72,703            73,746               77,899               Provision for income taxes66,319            47,004            28,397            28,384               29,658               Net income101,144$        73,871$          44,306$          45,362$             48,241$             Less net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest(353)                (417)                -                  -                    -                    Net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.100,791$        73,454$          44,306$          45,362$             48,241$             Net income per share attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc:Basic5.89$              4.37$              2.87$              2.98$                 3.08$                 Diluted5.85$              4.35$              2.87$              2.97$                 3.06$                 Weighted average number of shares outstanding:Basic17,110            16,820            15,420            15,229               15,646               Diluted17,230            16,885            15,454            15,292               15,779               OPERATING AND OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:(Dollars in thousands)Cash receipts762,530$        592,367$        433,482$        383,488$           298,209$           Operating expenses to cash receipts37%41%46%47%47%Return on equity (1)18%17%14%17%20%Acquisitions of finance receivables, at cost (2)408,408$        367,443$        288,889$        280,336$           263,809$           Acquisitions of finance receivables, at face value9,792,356$     6,804,952$     8,109,694$     4,588,234$        11,113,830$      Employees at period end:Total employees2,641              2,473              2,213              2,032                 1,677                 Ratio of collection personnel to total employees (3)87%86%86%87%88%Years Ended December 31,20112010200920082007(Dollars in thousands)BALANCE SHEET DATA:Cash and cash equivalents26,697$        41,094$      20,265$      13,901$    16,730$    Finance receivables, net926,734        831,330      693,462      563,830    410,297    Total assets1,071,123     995,908      794,433      657,840    476,307    Long-term debt1,246            2,396          1,499          -            -            Total debt, including obligations under capital lease and line of credit221,246        302,396      320,799      268,305    168,103    Total stockholders' equity595,488        490,516      335,480      283,863    235,280    As of December 31, 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Below are listed the quarterly consolidated income statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010: 

Below are listed the quarterly consolidated balance sheets for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010: 

33 

Dec. 31,Sept. 30,June 30,Mar. 31,Dec. 31,Sept. 30,June 30,Mar. 31,20112011201120112010201020102010(In thousands, except per share data)INCOME STATEMENT DATA:Revenues:Income recognized on finance receivables, net102,743$  102,875$  100,303$  95,974$    84,783$    80,026$    76,920$    67,951$    Fee income15,344      11,401      14,492      15,803      15,972      15,518      16,109      15,427      Total revenues118,087    114,276    114,795    111,777    100,755    95,544      93,029      83,378      Operating expenses:Compensation and employee services35,759      33,475      34,815      34,153      32,350      31,213      30,872      29,642      Legal collection fees5,940        5,962        5,970        5,749        4,819        4,577        4,131        4,073        Legal collection costs9,711        9,731        9,879        9,338        9,932        9,329        6,430        5,638        Agent fees1,647        1,643        1,724        2,639        2,616        2,842        2,927        3,627        Outside fees and services5,608        6,222        4,066        3,414        3,100        3,470        3,155        2,829        Communications5,488        5,865        5,706        6,313        4,066        4,000        4,102        5,058        Rent and occupancy1,538        1,517        1,438        1,398        1,402        1,362        1,297        1,252        Depreciation and amortization3,188        3,223        3,316        3,216        3,387        3,294        3,206        2,550        Other operating expenses3,255        2,808        3,501        2,852        2,808        2,634        2,580        2,274        Total operating expenses72,134      70,446      70,415      69,072      64,480      62,721      58,700      56,943      Gain on sale of property-           -           1,157        -           -           -           -           -           Income from operations45,953      43,830      45,537      42,705      36,275      32,823      34,329      26,435      Interest income-           7               -           -           29             -           -           36             Interest expense(2,512)      (2,555)      (2,635)      (2,867)      (2,517)      (2,178)      (2,177)      (2,180)      Income before income taxes43,441      41,282      42,902      39,838      33,787      30,645      32,152      24,291      Provision for income taxes16,775      16,089      17,326      16,129      13,156      11,888      12,474      9,486        Net income26,666$    25,193$    25,576$    23,709$    20,631$    18,757$    19,678$    14,805$    Less net income/(loss) attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest76             (313)         2               588           (14)           276           150           5               Net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.26,590$    25,506$    25,574$    23,121$    20,645$    18,481$    19,528$    14,800$    Net income per share attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc:Basic1.55$        1.49$        1.49$        1.35$        1.21$        1.08$        1.15$        0.91$        Diluted1.54$        1.48$        1.48$        1.34$        1.20$        1.08$        1.14$        0.91$        Weighted average number of shares outstanding:Basic17,121      17,117      17,108      17,092      17,063      17,058      16,970      16,191      Diluted17,269      17,228      17,225      17,199      17,165      17,093      17,080      16,203      For the Quarter EndedDec. 31,Sept. 30,June 30,Mar. 31,Dec. 31,Sept. 30,June 30,Mar. 31,20112011201120112010201020102010(Dollars in thousands)BALANCE SHEET DATA:AssetsCash and cash equivalents26,697$                      30,035$                      25,481$                      35,443$                      41,094$                  20,297$                  18,250$                  23,006$                  Finance receivables, net926,734                      919,478                      879,515                      866,992                      831,330                  807,239                  775,606                  742,484                  Accounts receivable, net7,862                          6,462                          6,683                          7,369                          8,932                      7,789                      8,159                      8,752                      Income taxes receivable-                              -                              -                              -                              2,363                      2,603                      1,877                      1,439                      Property and equipment, net25,727                        22,975                        23,810                        24,469                        24,270                    22,794                    23,230                    21,925                    Goodwill61,678                        61,678                        61,678                        61,678                        61,678                    61,665                    61,665                    49,053                    Intangible assets, net14,596                        14,748                        15,965                        17,215                        18,466                    19,945                    21,425                    30,018                    Other assets7,829                          8,728                          8,485                          6,933                          7,775                      5,405                      4,809                      5,773                      Total assets1,071,123$                 1,064,104$                 1,021,617$                 1,020,099$                 995,908$                947,737$                915,021$                882,450$                Liabilities and EquityLiabilitiesAccounts payable7,439$                        5,148$                        5,326$                        7,498$                        3,227$                    5,739$                    5,445$                    5,079$                    Accrued expenses6,076                          5,856                          4,389                          2,620                          4,904                      6,922                      6,227                      6,264                      Income taxes payable13,109                        2,651                          2,877                          1,577                          -                         -                         -                         -                         Accrued compensation16,036                        11,409                        10,563                        6,300                          15,445                    10,447                    9,124                      8,298                      Net deferred tax liability193,898                      192,298                      188,142                      179,043                      164,971                  151,638                  139,111                  126,234                  Line of credit220,000                      260,000                      250,000                      290,000                      300,000                  288,500                  289,500                  296,300                  Long-term debt1,246                          1,553                          1,856                          2,098                          2,396                      998                         1,167                      1,334                      Derivative instrument-                              -                              -                              -                              -                         537640809Total liabilities457,804                      478,915                      463,153                      489,136                      490,943                  464,781                  451,214                  444,318                  Redeemable noncontrolling interest17,831                        16,884                        16,068                        15,253                        14,449                    14,531                    15,080                    15,328                    Stockholders' equityCommon stock171                             171                             171                             171                             171                         171                         170                         170                         Additional paid in capital167,719                      167,126                      166,723                      165,611                      163,538                  162,418                  161,267                  154,975                  Retained earnings427,598                      401,008                      375,502                      349,928                      326,807                  306,164                  287,681                  268,153                  -                              -                              -                              -                              -                         (328)                       (391)                       (494)                       Total stockholders' equity595,488                      568,305                      542,396                      515,710                      490,516                  468,425                  448,727                  422,804                  Total liabilities and equity1,071,123$                 1,064,104$                 1,021,617$                 1,020,099$                 995,908$                947,737$                915,021$                882,450$                Quarter Ended as of:Accumulated other comprehensive (loss), net of taxes 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Below are certain key financial data and ratios as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009: 

34 

(dollars in thousands)201120102009EARNINGSIncome recognized on finance receivables, net401,895$         309,680$         215,612$         Fee income57,040             63,026             65,479             Total revenues458,935           372,706           281,091           Operating expenses282,067           242,844           200,482           Income from operations178,025           129,862           80,609             Net interest expense10,562             8,987               7,906               Net income101,144           73,871             44,306             Net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.100,791           73,454             44,306             PERIOD-END BALANCESCash and cash equivalents26,697$           41,094$           20,265$           Finance receivables, net926,734           831,330           693,462           Goodwill and intangible assets, net76,274             80,144             40,055             Total assets1,071,123        995,908           794,433           Line of credit220,000           300,000           319,300           Total liabilities457,804           490,943           458,953           Total equity595,488           490,516           335,480           FINANCE RECEIVABLE COLLECTIONSCash collections705,490$         529,342$         368,003$         Principal amortization without allowance charges293,431           194,510           124,756           Principal amortization with allowance charges303,595           219,662           152,391           Principal amortization w/ allowance charges as % of cash collections:   Including fully amortized pools43.0%41.5%41.4%   Excluding fully amortized pools45.4%44.8%44.7%Estimated remaining collections - core1,159,086$      974,108$         893,716$         Estimated remaining collections - bankruptcy794,262           749,410$         521,730$         Estimated remaining collections - total1,953,348        1,723,518$      1,415,446$      ALLOWANCE FOR FINANCE RECEIVABLESBalance at period-end86,571$           76,407$           51,255$           Allowance charge10,164$           25,152$           27,635$           Allowance charge to period-end net finance receivables1.10%3.03%3.99%Allowance charge to net finance receivable income2.53%8.12%12.82%Allowance charge to cash collections1.44%4.75%7.51%PURCHASES OF FINANCE RECEIVABLESPurchase price - core213,389$         149,998$         126,334$         Face value - core7,900,761        3,424,313        4,435,068        Purchase price - bankruptcy195,019           217,445           162,470           Face value - bankruptcy1,891,595        3,380,639        3,674,626        Purchase price - total408,408           367,443           288,804           Face value - total9,792,356        6,804,952        8,109,694        Number of portfolios - total333305407PER SHARE DATANet income per common share - diluted5.85$               4.35$               2.87$               Weighted average number of shares outstanding - diluted17,230             16,885             15,454             Closing market price67.52$             75.20$             44.85$             RATIOS AND OTHER DATAReturn on average equity (1)18.5%16.6%14.2%Return on revenue (2)22.0%19.8%15.8%Operating margin (3)38.8%34.8%28.7%Operating expense to cash receipts37.0%41.0%46.3%Debt to equity (4)37.2%61.6%95.6%Cash  collections per collector hour paid:   Core cash collections151$                129$                113$                   Total cash collections240$                194$                145$                   Excluding external legal collections204$                165$                119$                   Excluding bankruptcy and external legal collections114$                100$                87$                  Number of collectors1,6581,4721,325Number of employees2,6412,4732,213Cash receipts762,530$         592,368$         433,482$         Line of credit - unused portion at period end187,500           107,500           45,700             Notes:(1)  Calculated as annualized net income divided by average equity for the period(2)  Calculated as net income divided by total revenues(3)  Calculated as income from operations divided by total revenues(4)  For purposes of this ratio, "debt" equals the line of credit balance plus long-term debtFINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTSYear EndedDecember 31, 
 
 
 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations. 

Overview 

PRA  is  a  specialized  financial  and  business  service  company.   Our  primary  business  is  the  purchase, 
collection  and  management  of  portfolios  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables.   We  also  service  receivables  on 
behalf of clients on either a commission or transaction-fee basis as well as providing class action claims settlement 
recovery services and related payment processing to our corporate clients.  

PRA is headquartered in Norfolk, Virginia, and employs approximately 2,640 team members.  The shares of 

PRA are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol ―PRAA.‖   

On January 16, 2012,  we  acquired 100% of the equity interest in MHH, a United Kingdom debt collection 
and  purchase  group.    Based  in  Kilmarnock,  Scotland,  MHH  employs  approximately  170  people  and  offers 
outsourced and contingent consumer debt recovery on behalf of banks, credit providers and debt purchasers, as 
well as distressed and dormant niche portfolio purchasing. 

Earnings Summary 

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011,  net  income  attributable  to  PRA  was  $100.8  million,  or  $5.85  per 
diluted share, compared with $73.5  million, or $4.35  per diluted share,  for the year ended December 31,  2010.  
Total revenues were $458.9 million for the year ended December, 31,  2011, up  23.1% from the same year ago 
period.  Revenues during the year ended December 31, 2011 consisted of $401.9 million in income recognized on 
finance  receivables,  net  of  allowance  charges,  and  $57.0  million in fee income.  Income recognized on finance 
receivables,  net  of  allowance  charges,  increased  $92.2  million,  or  29.8%,  over  2010,  primarily  as  a  result  of  a 
significant  increase  in  cash  collections.  Cash collections were  $705.5 million  during the year ended December 
31, 2011, up 33.3% over $529.3 million in the same year ago period.  During the year ended December 31, 2011, 
PRA recorded $10.2 million in net allowance charges, compared with $25.2 million in the comparable year ago 
period.    Our  performance  has  been  positively  impacted  by  operational  efficiencies  surrounding  the  cash 
collections  process,  including  the  continued  refinement  of  dialer  processes  and  technology  and  continued 
refinement  of  our  account  scoring  analytics  as  it  relates  to  both  legal  and  non-legal  collection  channels.  
Additionally, we have continued to develop our internal legal collection staff resources, which enables us to place 
accounts  into  that  channel  that  otherwise  would  have  been  cost  prohibitive for legal action and to collect these 
accounts more efficiently and profitably.   

Fee income decreased from $63.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $57.0 million in 2011, 
mainly  as  a  result  of  lower  revenues  generated  from  PLS  due  primarily  to  the  adverse  impact  of  the  economic 
slowdown on automobile financing and related collateral recovery activities.   

A summary of how our revenue was generated during the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is 

as follows: 

Operating expenses were $282.1 million for the year ended December, 31, 2011, up 16.2% as compared to 
the  same  period  in  2010,  due  primarily  to  increased  compensation  and  employee  services  expense,  legal 
collections fees and costs, outside fees and services and communication expenses.  Compensation and employee 
35 

($ in thousands)201120102009Cash collections705,490$          529,342$          368,003$          Principal amortization(293,431)           (194,510)           (124,756)           Net allowance charges(10,164)             (25,152)             (27,635)             Income recognized on finance receivables, net401,895            309,680            215,612            Fee income57,040              63,026              65,479              Total revenues458,935$          372,706$          281,091$          For the Years Ended December 31, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
services expense increased primarily as a result of larger staff sizes and an increase in share-based compensation 
expense.    Legal  fees  and  costs  increased  from  $48.9  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010  to  $62.3 
million for the year ended December, 31, 2011.  This increase was the result of several factors, including growth 
in the  size  of our owned debt portfolios, expansion of our internal legal collection resources, and refinement of 
our internal scoring methodology that expanded our account selections for legal action.  Outside fees and services 
expense increased mainly due to an increase in our corporate legal expense and communication expense increased 
mainly as a result of a growth in mailings due to an increase in special letter campaigns.  

Results of Operations 

The results of operations include the financial results of PRA and all of our subsidiaries, all of which are in 
the  receivables  management  business.   Under  the  guidance  of  the  FASB  ASC  Topic  280  ―Segment  Reporting‖ 
(―ASC 280‖), we have determined that we have several operating segments that meet the aggregation criteria of 
ASC 280, and therefore, we have one reportable segment, receivables management, based on similarities among 
the operating units including homogeneity of services, service delivery methods and use of technology. 

The following table sets forth certain operating data as a percentage of total revenues for the years indicated:  

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010 

Revenues 

Total revenues were $458.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $86.2 million or 

23.1% compared to total revenues of $372.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. 

Income Recognized on Finance Receivables, net 

Income recognized on finance receivables, net was $401.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an 
increase of $92.2 million or 29.8% compared to income recognized on finance receivables, net of $309.7 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2010.  The increase was primarily due to an increase in our cash collections on 
our  owned  finance  receivables  to  $705.5  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011  compared  to  $529.3 
million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $176.2 million or 33.3%.  Our finance receivables 
amortization rate, including allowance charges, was 43.0% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 
41.5% for the year ended December 31, 2010.  During the year ended December 31, 2011, we acquired finance 

36 

Revenues:    Income recognized on finance receivables, net401,895$           87.6%309,680$           83.1%215,612$           76.7%    Fee income57,04012.463,02616.965,47923.3Total revenues458,935100.0372,706100.0281,091100.0Operating expenses:Compensation and employee services138,20230.1124,07733.3106,38837.8Legal collection fees23,6215.117,5994.714,8725.3Legal collection costs38,6598.431,3308.416,4625.9Agent fees7,6531.712,0123.215,6445.6Outside fees and services19,3104.212,5543.49,5703.4Communications23,3725.117,2264.614,7735.3Rent and occupancy5,8911.35,3131.44,7611.7Depreciation and amortization12,9432.812,4373.39,2133.3Other operating expenses12,4162.710,2962.88,7993.1Total operating expenses282,06761.4242,84465.2200,48271.3Gain on sale of property1,1570.3-0.0-0.0Income from operations178,02538.9129,86234.880,60928.7Interest income70.0650.030.0Interest expense(10,569)(2.3)(9,052)(2.4)(7,909)(2.8)Income before income taxes167,46336.6120,87532.472,70325.9Provision for income taxes66,31914.547,00412.628,39710.1Net income101,144$           22.1%73,870$             19.8%44,306$             15.8%  Less net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest(353)(0.1)(417)(0.1)-0.0Net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.100,791$           22.0%73,454$             19.7%44,306$             15.8%201120102009 
 
 
 
 
 
 
receivables portfolios with an aggregate face value amount of $9.8 billion at a cost of $408.4 million.  During the 
year ended December 31, 2010, we  acquired  finance receivable portfolios with an aggregate face value of $6.8 
billion  at  a  cost  of  $367.4  million.    In  any  period,  we  acquire  defaulted  consumer  receivables  that  can  vary 
dramatically in their age, type and ultimate collectability.  We may pay significantly different purchase rates for 
purchased receivables within any period as a result of this quality fluctuation. In addition, market forces can drive 
pricing rates up or down in any period, irrespective of other quality fluctuations.  As a result, the average purchase 
rate  paid  for  any  given  period  can  fluctuate  dramatically  based  on  our  particular buying activity in that period.  
However,  regardless  of  the  average  purchase  price  and  for  similar  time  frames,  we  intend  to  target  a  similar 
internal rate of return, after direct expenses, in pricing our portfolio acquisitions; therefore, the absolute rate paid 
is not necessarily relevant to the estimated profitability of a period’s buying. 

Income  recognized  on  finance  receivables, net is shown net of changes in valuation allowances recognized 
under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 ―Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality‖ (―ASC 
310-30‖), which requires that a valuation allowance be recorded for significant decreases in expected cash flows 
or  a  change in timing of cash flows which would otherwise  require a reduction in the stated yield on a pool of 
accounts.    For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011,  we  recorded  net  allowance  charges  of  $10.2  million,  $6.6 
million  of  which  related  to  core  portfolios  acquired  mainly  in  2005  through  2008  and  $3.6  million  of  which 
related to purchased bankruptcy portfolios acquired mainly in 2007 through 2008.  For the year ended December 
31, 2010, we recorded net allowance charges of $25.2 million, the majority of which related to non-bankruptcy 
portfolios  acquired  in  2005  through  2007.    In  any  given  period,  we  may  be  required  to  record  valuation 
allowances  due  to  pools  of  receivables  underperforming  our  expectations.    Factors  that  may  contribute  to  the 
recording of valuation allowances may include  both internal as well as external factors.  External factors which 
may  have  an  impact  on  the  collectability,  and  subsequently  to  the  overall  profitability,  of  purchased  pools  of 
defaulted  consumer  receivables  include:  new  laws  or  regulations  relating  to  collections,  new  interpretations  of 
existing laws or regulations, and the overall condition of the economy.  Internal factors which may have an impact 
on  the  collectability,  and  subsequently  the  overall  profitability,  of  purchased  pools  of  defaulted  consumer 
receivables  would  include:    necessary  revisions  to  initial  and  post-acquisition  scoring  and  modeling  estimates, 
non-optimal operational activities (which relate to the collection and movement of accounts on both our collection 
floor and external channels), as well as decreases in productivity related to turnover and tenure of our collection 
staff.   

Fee Income 

Fee  income  was  $57.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011,  a  decrease  of  $6.0  million  or  9.5% 
compared to fee income of $63.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  Fee income declined as a result 
of a decrease in revenue generated by our PLS fee-for-service business, partially offset by an increase in revenue 
generated by our PRA GS government processing and collection business.  The decline at PRA Location Services 
was  due  primarily  to  a  decrease  in  volume  related  to  a  continued  decline  in  automobile  financing  activity 
nationwide. 

Operating Expenses 

Total operating expenses  were $282.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $39.3 
million or 16.2% compared to total operating expenses of $242.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  
Total  operating  expenses  were  37.0%  of  cash  receipts  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011  compared  with 
41.0% for the same period in 2010. 

Compensation and Employee Services 

Compensation and employee services expenses were $138.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, 
an  increase  of  $14.1  million  or  11.4%  compared  to  compensation  and  employee  services  expenses  of  $124.1 
million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was mainly due to an overall increase in our owned 
portfolio  collection  staff  as  well  as  an  increase  in  share-based  compensation  expense.    Compensation  and 
employee  services  expenses  increased  as  total  employees  grew  6.8%  to  2,641  as  of  December  31,  2011  from 
2,473  as  of  December  31,  2010.    Additionally,  existing  employees  received  normal  salary  increases.  
Compensation and employee services expenses as a percentage of cash receipts decreased to 18.1% for the year 
ended December 31, 2011 from 21.0% of cash receipts for the same period in 2010. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Legal Collection Fees 

Legal collection fees represent the contingent fees for the cash collections generated by our independent third 
party  attorney  network.    Legal  collection  fees  were  $23.6  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011,  an 
increase  of  $6.0  million,  or  34.1%,  compared  to  legal  collection  fees  of  $17.6  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2010.  This increase was the result of an increase in our external legal collections which increased 
$27.5 million or 35.0%, from $78.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $106.3 million for the year 
ended  December  31,  2011.    Legal  collection  fees  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011  were  3.1%  of  cash 
receipts, compared to 3.0% for the year ended December 31, 2010.   

Legal Collection Costs 

Legal collection costs are costs paid to courts where a lawsuit is filed.  It also includes the cost of documents 
received from sellers of defaulted consumer receivables.  Legal collection costs were $38.7 million for the year 
ended  December  31,  2011,  an  increase  of  $7.4  million,  or  23.6%,  compared  to  legal  collection  costs  of  $31.3 
million  for  the  year ended  December 31, 2010.  The increase  was attributable to an increase in legal collection 
costs  resulting  from  accounts  referred  to  both  our  in-house  attorneys  and  outside  independent  contingent  fee 
attorneys  due  to  portfolio  growth  and  the  refinement  of  our  internal  scoring  methodology  that  expanded  our 
account selections for legal action.  In addition, the  growth in the size  of our owned debt portfolios resulted in 
additional document costs related to the filing of more lawsuits.  These legal collection costs represent 4.6% and 
4.9% of cash receipts for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

Agent Fees 

Agent fees primarily represent costs paid to repossession agents to repossess vehicles.  Agent fees were $7.7 
million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of $4.3 million, or 35.8%, compared to agent fees of 
$12.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010.   The  decrease  was  mainly  due  to  a  decline  in  agent  fees 
related to reduced business activity associated with PLS.   

Outside Fees and Services 

Outside fees and services expenses were $19.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of 
$6.7  million  or  53.2%  compared  to  outside  legal  and  other  fees  and  services  expenses of $12.6 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2010. Of the $6.7 million increase, $4.5 million was attributable to an increase in our 
corporate legal expenses while the remaining $2.2 million increase was due to increases in other outside fees and 
services and accounting fees.  

Communications 

Communications  expenses  were  $23.4  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011,  an  increase  of  $6.2 
million or 36.0% compared to communications expenses of $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  
The  increase  was  mainly  due  to  a  growth  in  mailings  due  to  an  increase  in  special  letter  campaigns.    The 
remaining  increase  was  attributable  to  higher  telephone  expenses  driven  by  a  greater  number  of  finance 
receivables to work, as well as a significant expansion of our dialer capacity and related calls that are generated by 
the dialer.  Mailings were responsible for 90.3% or $5.6 million of this increase, while the remaining 9.7% or $0.6 
million was attributable to increased call volumes. 

Rent and Occupancy 

Rent and occupancy expenses were $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $0.6 
million  or  11.3%  compared  to  rent  and  occupancy  expenses  of  $5.3  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2010.  The increase was due to several new leases being entered into in the latter part of 2010 and in 2011, the 
additional space resulting from our acquisition of a 62% controlling interest in CCB on March 15, 2010, and other 
renewals and expansions, as well as increased utility charges.  

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and Amortization 

Depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  were  $12.9  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011,  an 
increase  of  $0.5  million  or  4.0%  compared  to  depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  of  $12.4  million  for  the 
year ended December 31, 2010.  The increase was mainly due to the continued capital expenditures on equipment, 
software and computers related to our growth and systems upgrades. 

Other Operating Expenses 

Other  operating  expenses  were  $12.4  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011,  an  increase  of  $2.1 
million or 20.4% compared to other operating expenses of $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  
The increase was mainly due to increases in various expenses related to general growth of PRA.  No individual 
item represents a significant portion of the overall increase. 

Interest Income 

Interest  income  was  $7,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011,  a  decrease  of  $58,000  compared  to 
interest income of $65,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010.  This decrease was the result of interest earned 
and a refund received on the overpayment of federal and state income taxes in 2010 that did not occur in 2011. 

Interest Expense 

Interest  expense  was  $10.6  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011,  an  increase  of  $1.5  million  or 
16.5%  compared  to  interest  expense  of $9.1 million for the  year ended December 31, 2010.   The increase was 
mainly  due  to  an  increase  in  our  weighted  average  interest  rate  which  increased  to  3.71%  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2011  from  2.46%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  partially  offset  by  a  decrease  in  our 
average  variable rate  borrowings to $213.2 million for the  year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $244.2 
million for the year ended December 31, 2010. 

Provision for Income Taxes  

Income tax expense was $66.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $19.3 million or 
41.1% compared to income tax expense of $47.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  The increase 
was  mainly  due  to  an  increase  of  38.5%  in  income  before  taxes  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011  when 
compared to the same period in 2010 as well as an increase in the effective tax rate of 39.6% for the year ended 
December  31,  2011  compared  to  38.9%  for  the  same  period  in  2010.    The  increase  in  the  effective  tax  rate  is 
primarily attributable to an increase in the state effective rate due to a change in the mix of income apportionment 
between various states. 

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009 

Revenues 

Total revenues were $372.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $91.6 million or 

32.6% compared to total revenues of $281.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. 

Income Recognized on Finance Receivables, net 

Income recognized on finance receivables, net was $309.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an 
increase of $94.1 million or 43.6% compared to income recognized on finance receivables, net  of $215.6 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2009.  The increase was primarily due to an increase in our cash collections on 
our  owned  finance  receivables  to  $529.3  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010  compared  to  $368.0 
million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $161.3 million or 43.8%.  Our finance receivables 
amortization rate, including allowance charges, was 41.5% for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 
41.4% for the year ended December 31, 2009.  During the year ended December 31, 2010, we acquired finance 
receivables portfolios with an aggregate face value amount of $6.8 billion at a cost of $367.4 million.  During the 
year ended December 31, 2009, we acquired  finance receivable portfolios with an aggregate face value of $8.1 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
billion  at  a  cost  of  $288.9  million.    In  any  period,  we  acquire  defaulted  consumer  receivables  that  can  vary 
dramatically in their age, type and ultimate collectability.  We may pay significantly different purchase rates for 
purchased receivables within any period as a result of this quality fluctuation. In addition, market forces can drive 
pricing rates up or down in any period, irrespective of other quality fluctuations.  As a result, the average purchase 
rate  paid  for  any  given  period  can  fluctuate  dramatically  based  on  our  particular buying activity in that period.  
However,  regardless  of  the  average  purchase  price  and  for  similar  time  frames,  we  intend  to  target  a  similar 
internal rate of return, after direct expenses, in pricing our portfolio acquisitions; therefore, the absolute rate paid 
is not necessarily relevant to the estimated profitability of a period’s buying. 

Income  recognized  on  finance  receivables, net is shown net of changes in valuation allowances recognized 
under ASC 310-30, which requires that a  valuation allowance be recorded for significant decreases in expected 
cash flows or a change in timing of cash flows which would otherwise require a reduction in the stated yield on a 
pool of accounts.  For the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded net allowance charges of $25.2 million, 
the  majority of which related to non-bankruptcy portfolios acquired in 2005 through 2007.  For the year ended 
December 31, 2009, we recorded net allowance charges of $27.6 million,  the majority of which related to non-
bankruptcy  portfolios  acquired  in  2005  through  2008.   In  any  given  period,  we  may  be  required  to  record 
valuation allowances due to pools of receivables underperforming our expectations.  Factors that may contribute 
to the  recording of valuation allowances may include  both internal as well as external factors.  External factors 
which may have an impact on the collectability, and subsequently to the overall profitability, of purchased pools 
of defaulted consumer receivables include: new laws or regulations relating to collections, new interpretations of 
existing laws or regulations, and the overall condition of the economy.  Internal factors which may have an impact 
on  the  collectability,  and  subsequently  the  overall  profitability,  of  purchased  pools  of  defaulted  consumer 
receivables  would  include:    necessary  revisions  to  initial  and  post-acquisition  scoring  and  modeling  estimates, 
non-optimal operational activities (which relate to the collection and movement of accounts on both our collection 
floor and external channels), as well as decreases in productivity related to turnover and tenure of our collection 
staff.   

Fee Income 

Fee  income  was  $63.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  a  decrease  of  $2.5  million  or  3.8% 
compared to fee income of $65.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.  Fee income declined as a result 
of a decrease in revenue generated by our MuniServices government processing and collection business and our 
IGS  fee-for-service  business,  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  revenue  generated  by  our  RDS  government 
processing  and  collection  business  as  well  as  revenue  generated  through  the  acquisition  of  a  62%  controlling 
interest  in  CCB  on  March  15,  2010.    IGS  revenues  were  negatively  affected  by  reduced  levels  of  automotive 
financings.    MuniServices  revenues  were  negatively  impacted  by  declines  in  sales  and  use  tax  volumes  in 
California and by reductions in municipal budgets. 

Operating Expenses 

Total operating expenses were $242.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $42.3 
million or 21.1% compared to total operating expenses of $200.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.  
Total  operating  expenses  were  41.0%  of  cash  receipts  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010  compared  with 
46.3% for the same period in 2009. 

Compensation and Employee Services 

Compensation and employee services expenses were $124.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, 
an  increase  of  $17.7  million  or  16.6%  compared  to  compensation  and  employee  services  expenses  of  $106.4 
million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase was mainly due to an overall increase in our owned 
portfolio  collection  staff.    Compensation  and  employee  services  expenses  increased  as  total  employees  grew 
11.7% to 2,473 as of December 31, 2010 from 2,213 as of December 31, 2009.  Additionally, existing employees 
received normal salary increases.  Compensation and employee services expenses as a percentage of cash receipts 
decreased to  21.0% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from  24.5% of cash receipts for the same period in 
2009. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Legal Collection Fees 

Legal collection fees represent the contingent fees for the cash collections generated by our independent third 
party  attorney  network.    Legal  collection  fees  were  $17.6  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  an 
increase  of  $2.7  million,  or  18.1%,  compared  to  legal  collection  fees  of  $14.9  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2009.  This increase was the result of an increase in our external legal collections which increased 
$13.7 million or 21.0%, from $65.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $78.8 million for the year 
ended  December  31,  2010.    Legal  collection  fees  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010  were  3.0%  of  cash 
receipts, compared to 3.4% for the year ended December 31, 2009.   

Legal Collection Costs 

Legal collection costs are costs paid to courts where a lawsuit is filed.  It also includes the cost of documents 
received from sellers of defaulted consumer receivables.  Legal collection costs were $31.3 million for the year 
ended  December 31, 2010, an increase  of $14.8 million, or  89.7%, compared to legal collection costs of $16.5 
million  for  the  year ended  December 31, 2009.  The  increase was attributable to an increase  in legal collection 
costs  resulting  from  accounts  referred  to  both  our  in-house  attorneys  and  outside  independent  contingent  fee 
attorneys due to the refinement of our internal scoring methodology that expanded our account selections for legal 
action.    In  addition,  the  growth  in  the  size  of  our  owned  debt  portfolios  resulted  in  additional  document  costs 
related to the filing of more lawsuits.  These legal collection costs represent 4.9% and 3.8% of cash receipts for 
the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

Agent Fees 

Agent fees primarily represent costs paid to repossession agents to repossess vehicles.  Agent fees were $12.0 
million for the year ended December 31, 2010, a decrease of $3.6 million, or 23.1%, compared to agent fees of 
$15.6  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009.   The  decrease  was  mainly  due  to  a  decline  in  agent  fees 
related to reduced business activity associated with PRA Location Services.   

Outside Fees and Services 

Outside fees and services expenses were $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of 
$3.0 million or 31.3% compared to outside legal and other fees and services expenses of $9.6 million for the year 
ended  December  31,  2009.  Of  the  $3.0  million  increase,  $1.3  million  was  attributable  to  an  increase  in  our 
corporate legal expenses while the remaining $1.7 million increase was due to increases in other outside fees and 
services and accounting fees.  

Communications 

Communications  expenses  were  $17.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  an  increase  of  $2.4 
million or 16.2% compared to communications expenses of $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.  
The  increase  was  mainly  due  to  a  growth  in  mailings  due  to  an  increase  in  special  letter  campaigns.    The 
remaining  increase  was  attributable  to  higher  telephone  expenses  driven  by  a  greater  number  of  finance 
receivables to work, as well as a significant expansion of our dialer capacity and related calls that are generated by 
the  dialer.  Mailings were responsible for 87.5% or $2.1 million of this increase, while the remaining 12.5% or 
$0.3 million was attributable to increased call volumes. 

Rent and Occupancy 

Rent and occupancy expenses were $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $0.5 
million  or  10.4%  compared  to  rent  and  occupancy  expenses  of  $4.8  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2009.  The increase was due to the expansion of our Hampton, Virginia call center, the additional space resulting 
from our acquisition of a 62% controlling interest in CCB on March 15, 2010, the relocation of our IGS business 
to another location during 2009 and other renewals and expansions, as well as increased utility charges.  

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and Amortization 

Depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  were  $12.4  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  an 
increase  of  $3.2  million  or  34.8%  compared  to  depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  of  $9.2  million  for  the 
year  ended  December  31,  2009.    The  increase  was  mainly  due  to  additional  expenses  incurred  related  to  the 
depreciation  and  amortization  of  the  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired  in  the  acquisition  of  a  62% 
controlling  interest  in  CCB  on  March  15,  2010.    Additional  increases  are  the  result  of  continued  capital 
expenditures on equipment, software and computers related to our growth and systems upgrades. 

Other Operating Expenses 

Other  operating  expenses  were  $10.3  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  an  increase  of  $1.5 
million or 17.0% compared to other operating expenses of $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.  
The increase was mainly due to increases in various expenses related to general growth of PRA.  No individual 
item represents a significant portion of the overall increase. 

Interest Income 

Interest  income  was  $65,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  an  increase  of  $62,000  compared  to 
interest income of $3,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009.  This increase was the result of interest earned 
and a refund received on the overpayment of federal and state income taxes 

Interest Expense 

Interest  expense  was  $9.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  an  increase  of  $1.2  million  or 
15.2%  compared  to  interest  expense  of $7.9 million for the  year ended December 31,  2009.   The  increase was 
mainly due to an increase in our average borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the same 
period in 2009, and the termination of our interest rate swap during the fourth quarter of 2010, both of which were 
partially offset by a decrease in our weighted average variable interest rate which decreased to 2.46% for the year 
ended December 31, 2010 as compared to 2.62% for the year ended December 31, 2009. 

Provision for Income Taxes  

Income tax expense was $47.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $18.6 million or 
65.5% compared to income tax expense of $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.  The increase 
was  mainly  due  to  an  increase  of  66.3%  in  income  before  taxes  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010  when 
compared to the same period in 2009.  This was offset by a slight decrease in the effective tax rate of 38.9% for 
the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 39.1% for the same period in 2009. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental Performance Data 

Owned Portfolio Performance: 

The  following  tables  show  certain  data  related to our owned portfolio.  These tables describe the purchase 
price, actual cash collections and future estimates of cash collections, income recognized on finance receivables 
(gross and net of allowance charges), principal amortization, allowance charges,  net finance receivable balances 
and  related  multiples.  Further,  these  tables  disclose  our  entire  portfolio,  as  well  as  its  subsets:  the  portfolio  of 
purchased bankrupt accounts and our Core portfolio which are further broken down into year-to-date and life-to-
date  tables.  The  accounts  represented  in  the  purchased  bankruptcy  tables  are  those  portfolios  of  accounts  that 
were  bankrupt  at  the  time  of  purchase.  This  contrasts  with  accounts  that  file  for  bankruptcy  after  we  purchase 
them, which continue to be tracked in their corresponding Core portfolio. 

Core  customers  sometimes  file  for  bankruptcy  protection  subsequent  to  our  purchase  of  the  related  Core 
portfolio.    When  this  occurs,  we  adjust  our  collection  practices  accordingly  to  comply  with  bankruptcy 
procedures; however, for accounting purposes, these accounts remain in the related Core portfolio.  Conversely, 
bankrupt  accounts  may  be  dismissed  voluntarily  or  involuntarily  subsequent  to  our  purchase  of  the  related 
bankrupt portfolio.  Dismissal occurs when the terms of the bankruptcy are not met by the petitioner.  When this 
occurs,  we  are  typically  free  to  pursue  collection  outside  of  bankruptcy  procedures;  however,  for  accounting 
purposes, these accounts remain in the related bankruptcy pool. 

The purchase price multiples from 2005 through 2011 described in the tables below are lower than multiples 
in  previous  years.  This  trend  is  primarily,  but  not  entirely,  related  to  pricing  competition.  When  competition 
increases, and/or supply decreases so that pricing becomes negatively impacted on a relative basis (total lifetime 
collections in relation to purchase price), yields tend to trend lower.  The opposite occurs when pricing trends are 
favorable. 

To  the  extent  that  lower  purchase  price  multiples  are  the  ultimate  result  of  more  competitive  pricing  and 
lower yields, this will generally lead to higher amortization rates (payments applied to principal as a percentage of 
cash collections), lower operating margins and ultimately lower profitability. As portfolio pricing becomes more 
favorable on a relative basis, our profitability will tend to increase. It is important to consider, however, that to the 
extent we can improve our collection operations by collecting additional cash from a discreet quantity and quality 
of  accounts,  and/or  by  collecting  cash  at  a  lower  cost  structure,  we  can  positively  impact  the  collection  to 
purchase  price  ratio  and  operating  margins.  We  continue  to  make  significant  enhancements  to  our  analytical 
abilities, management personnel and capabilities, all with the intent to collect more cash at lower cost. 

Additionally,  however,  the  processes  we  employ  to  initially  book  newly  acquired  pools  of  accounts  and 
forecast  future  estimated  collections  for  any  given  portfolio  of  accounts  has  evolved  over  the  years  due  to  a 
number  of  factors  including  economic  conditions.  Our  revenue  recognition  under  ASC  310-30  is  driven  by 
estimates  of  the  ultimate  magnitude  of  estimated  lifetime  collections  as  well  as  the  timing  of  those  collections.  
We have progressed towards booking new portfolio purchases using a higher confidence level for both estimated 
collection amounts and timing. Subsequent to the initial booking, as we gain collection experience and comfort 
with a pool of accounts, we continuously update estimated remaining collections (―ERC‖). These processes, along 
with the aforementioned operational enhancements, have tended to cause the ratio of collections, including ERC, 
to purchase price for any given year of buying to gradually increase over time. As a result, our estimate of lifetime 
collections to purchase price has generally, but not always, shown relatively steady increases as pools have aged. 
Thus, all factors being equal in terms of pricing, one would typically tend to see a higher collection to purchase 
price ratio from a pool of accounts that was six years from purchase than say a pool that was just two years from 
purchase.         

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Entire Portfolio 

Portfolio Data – Life-to-Date 

Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio 

Core Portfolio  

44 

($ in thousands)Actual CashIncomeIncomeCollectionsRecognizedRecognizedNet FinanceEstimatedTotalTotal EstimatedPurchasePurchaseIncluding Cashon FinancePrincipalAllowance on FinanceReceivablesRemaining EstimatedCollections toPeriodPriceSalesReceivablesAmortizationChargesReceivables, NetBalanceCollectionsCollectionsPurchase Price1996$3,080$10,144$7,021$3,123$0$7,021$0$99$10,243333%19977,68525,31017,2068,104017,206018125,491332%199811,08936,93825,95210,986025,952043237,370337%199918,89868,16248,98819,174048,988098369,145366%200025,020113,38888,19225,196088,19202,652116,040464%200133,481170,464136,11234,3520136,11203,173173,637519%200242,325190,276147,95142,3250147,95104,480194,756460%200361,448252,397190,94961,4480190,94907,061259,458422%200459,177187,150129,17357,9781,200127,97307,289194,439329%2005143,169287,884173,928113,95617,946155,98211,26721,329309,213216%2006107,696187,156117,37969,77620,41596,96417,50530,268217,424202%2007258,382402,226225,511176,71519,465206,04662,197106,207508,433197%2008275,154358,932214,866144,06627,545187,321103,508171,675530,607193%2009281,436421,864272,129149,7350272,129131,700357,973779,837277%2010358,185304,614175,416129,1980175,416229,011500,512805,126225%2011402,80377,19045,94531,244045,945371,546739,034816,224203%Total$2,089,028$3,094,095$2,016,718$1,077,376$86,571$1,930,147$926,734$1,953,348$5,047,443242%Inception through December 31, 2011As of December 31, 2011($ in thousands)Actual CashIncomeIncomeCollectionsRecognizedRecognizedNet FinanceEstimatedTotalTotal EstimatedPurchasePurchaseIncluding Cashon FinancePrincipalAllowance on FinanceReceivablesRemaining EstimatedCollections toPeriodPriceSalesReceivablesAmortizationChargesReceivables, NetBalanceCollectionsCollectionsPurchase Price1996-2003$0$0$0$0$0$0$0$0$00%20047,46814,2948,0266,2681,2006,82609014,384193%200529,30143,22214,67028,55268113,9896812943,351148%200617,64530,48114,11916,3621,20012,9198371031,191177%200778,54795,37334,04861,3255,11028,93812,11114,589109,962140%2008108,609123,58260,94562,6371,80059,14544,17260,524184,106170%2009156,057201,195130,36570,8300130,36585,227191,733392,928252%2010209,246143,98481,33562,649081,335146,596249,534393,518188%2011189,02715,21810,5074,711010,507184,316276,953292,171155%Total$795,900$667,349$354,015$313,334$9,991$344,024$472,573$794,262$1,461,611184%Inception through December 31, 2011As of December 31, 2011($ in thousands)Actual CashIncomeIncomeCollectionsRecognizedRecognizedNet FinanceEstimatedTotalTotal EstimatedPurchasePurchaseIncluding Cashon FinancePrincipalAllowance on FinanceReceivablesRemaining EstimatedCollections toPeriodPriceSalesReceivablesAmortizationChargesReceivables, NetBalanceCollectionsCollectionsPurchase Price1996$3,080$10,144$7,021$3,123$0$7,021$0$99$10,243333%19977,68525,31017,2068,104017,206018125,491332%199811,08936,93825,95210,986025,952043237,370337%199918,89868,16248,98819,174048,988098369,145366%200025,020113,38888,19225,196088,19202,652116,040464%200133,481170,464136,11234,3520136,11203,173173,637519%200242,325190,276147,95142,3250147,95104,480194,756460%200361,448252,397190,94961,4480190,94907,061259,458422%200451,709172,856121,14751,7100121,14707,199180,055348%2005113,868244,662159,25885,40417,265141,99311,19921,200265,862233%200690,051156,675103,26053,41419,21584,04517,42229,558186,233207%2007179,835306,853191,463115,39014,355177,10850,08691,618398,471222%2008166,545235,350153,92181,42925,745128,17659,336111,151346,501208%2009125,379220,669141,76478,9050141,76446,473166,240386,909309%2010148,939160,63094,08166,549094,08182,415250,978411,608276%2011213,77661,97235,43826,533035,438187,230462,081524,053245%Total$1,293,128$2,426,746$1,662,703$764,042$76,580$1,586,123$454,161$1,159,086$3,585,832277%Inception through December 31, 2011As of December 31, 2011 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
Entire Portfolio 

Portfolio Data – 2011 

Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio 

Core Portfolio 

45 

($ in thousands)Actual CashIncomeIncomeCollectionsRecognizedRecognizedNet FinanceEstimatedTotalTotal EstimatedPurchasePurchaseIncluding Cashon FinancePrincipalAllowance on FinanceReceivablesRemaining EstimatedCollections toPeriodPriceSalesReceivablesAmortizationChargesReceivables, NetBalanceCollectionsCollectionsPurchase Price1996$3,080$100$100$0$0$100$0$99$10,243333%19977,68518718700187018125,491332%199811,08933233200332043237,370337%199918,89899799700997098369,145366%200025,0202,5542,554002,55402,652116,040464%200133,4813,7913,791003,79103,173173,637519%200242,3255,8445,844005,84404,480194,756460%200361,4488,9458,945008,94507,061259,458422%200459,1778,5228,350172(15)8,36507,289194,439329%2005143,16917,2358,8768,3591,1297,74711,26721,329309,213216%2006107,69618,18910,8307,3591,0009,83017,50530,268217,424202%2007258,38267,08830,27136,8181,15029,12162,197106,207508,433197%2008275,15489,34444,15445,1906,90037,254103,508171,675530,607193%2009281,436187,119120,25266,8670120,252131,700357,973779,837277%2010358,185218,053120,62997,4240120,629229,011500,512805,126225%2011402,80377,19045,94731,242045,947371,546739,034816,224203%Total$2,089,028$705,490$412,059$293,431$10,164$401,895$926,734$1,953,348$5,047,443242%For the Year Ended December 31, 2011As of December 31, 2011($ in thousands)Actual CashIncomeIncomeCollectionsRecognizedRecognizedNet FinanceEstimatedTotalTotal EstimatedPurchasePurchaseIncluding Cashon FinancePrincipalAllowance on FinanceReceivablesRemaining EstimatedCollections toPeriodPriceSalesReceivablesAmortizationChargesReceivables, NetBalanceCollectionsCollectionsPurchase Price1996-2003$0$0$0$0$0$0$0$0$00%20047,46814913118(15)14609014,384193%200529,30146691375(221)3126812943,351148%200617,6451,5261,194332(200)1,3948371031,191177%200778,54716,0933,88012,2132,2501,63012,11114,589109,962140%2008108,60935,69014,03121,6591,80012,23144,17260,524184,106170%2009156,057102,78062,74340,037062,74385,227191,733392,928252%2010209,246104,49953,76850,731053,768146,596249,534393,518188%2011189,02715,21810,5084,710010,508184,316276,953292,171155%Total$795,900$276,421$146,346$130,075$3,614$142,732$472,573$794,262$1,461,611184%For the Year Ended December 31, 2011As of December 31, 2011($ in thousands)Actual CashIncomeIncomeCollectionsRecognizedRecognizedNet FinanceEstimatedTotalTotal EstimatedPurchasePurchaseIncluding Cashon FinancePrincipalAllowance on FinanceReceivablesRemaining EstimatedCollections toPeriodPriceSalesReceivablesAmortizationChargesReceivables, NetBalanceCollectionsCollectionsPurchase Price1996$3,080$100$100$0$0$100$0$99$10,243333%19977,68518718700187018125,491332%199811,08933233200332043237,370337%199918,89899799700997098369,145366%200025,0202,5542,554002,55402,652116,040464%200133,4813,7913,791003,79103,173173,637519%200242,3255,8445,844005,84404,480194,756460%200361,4488,9458,945008,94507,061259,458422%200451,7098,3738,21915408,21907,199180,055348%2005113,86816,7698,7857,9841,3507,43511,19921,200265,862233%200690,05116,6639,6367,0271,2008,43617,42229,558186,233207%2007179,83550,99526,39124,605(1,100)27,49150,08691,618398,471222%2008166,54553,65430,12323,5315,10025,02359,336111,151346,501208%2009125,37984,33957,50926,830057,50946,473166,240386,909309%2010148,939113,55466,86146,693066,86182,415250,978411,608276%2011213,77661,97235,43926,532035,439187,230462,081524,053245%Total$1,293,128$429,069$265,713$163,356$6,550$259,163$454,161$1,159,086$3,585,832277%For the Year Ended December 31, 2011As of December 31, 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
The following tables show our net allowance charges recorded against our net finance receivables (―NFR‖). 

(1)  Allowance period represents the period in which we recorded valuation allowances, net of any 

(reversals). 

46 

($ in thousands)Allowance Period (1)1996-2003200420052006200720082009-2011Total2005200$        -$       -$         -$         -$         -$         -$            200$           2006275          -         825          -           -           -           -              1,100          2007235          470        1,885       340          -           -           -              2,930          2008(110)         1,290     3,040       7,170       7,380       620          -              19,390        2009(600)         (375)       4,190       4,860       3,435       16,125     -              27,635        2010-           (170)       6,877       7,045       7,500       3,900       -              25,152        2011-           (15)         1,129       1,000       1,150       6,900       -              10,164        Total-$         1,200$   17,946$   20,415$   19,465$   27,545$   -$            86,571$      Portfolio Purchases, net203,026$ 59,177$ 143,169$ 107,696$ 258,382$ 275,154$ 1,042,424$ 2,089,028$ Net Allowance Charges, Entire Portfolio($ in thousands)Allowance Period (1)1996-2003200420052006200720082009-2011Total2007-$         470$      160$        150$        -$         -$         -$            780$           2008-           770        375          1,210       -           -           -              2,355          2009-           45          265          120          110          -           -              540             2010-           (70)         102          (80)           2,750       -           -              2,702          2011-           (15)         (221)         (200)         2,250       1,800       -              3,614          Total-$         1,200$   681$        1,200$     5,110$     1,800$     -$            9,991$        Portfolio Purchases, net-$         7,468$   29,301$   17,645$   78,547$   108,609$ 554,330$    795,900$    Net Allowance Charges, Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio($ in thousands)Allowance Period (1)1996-2003200420052006200720082009-2011Total2005200$        -$       -$         -$         -$         -$         -$            200$           2006275          -         825          -           -           -           -              1,100          2007235          -         1,725       190          -           -           -              2,150          2008(110)         520        2,665       5,960       7,380       620          -              17,035        2009(600)         (420)       3,925       4,740       3,325       16,125     -              27,095        2010-           (100)       6,775       7,125       4,750       3,900       -              22,450        2011-           -         1,350       1,200       (1,100)      5,100       -              6,550          Total-$         -$       17,265$   19,215$   14,355$   25,745$   -$            76,580$      Portfolio Purchases, net203,026$ 51,709$ 113,868$ 90,051$   179,835$ 166,545$ 488,094$    1,293,128$ Net Allowance Charges, Core Portfolio 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following graph shows the purchase price of our owned portfolios by year for the last ten years.  The 

purchase price number represents the cash paid to the seller, plus certain capitalized costs, less buybacks. 

As  shown  in  the  above  chart,  the  composition  of  our  purchased  portfolios  has  shifted  in  favor of bankrupt 
accounts  in  recent  years.  We  began  buying  bankrupt  accounts during 2004 and slowly increased the volume of 
accounts we acquired through 2006 as we  tested our models, refined our processes and validated our operating 
assumptions. After observing a high level of modeling confidence in our early purchases, we began increasing our 
level of purchases more dramatically commencing in 2007. 

Our  ability  to  profitably  purchase  and  liquidate  pools  of  bankrupt  accounts  provides  diversity  to  our 
distressed asset acquisition business. Although we generally buy bankrupt assets from many of the same consumer 
lenders  from  whom  we  acquire  Core  customer  accounts,  the  volumes  and  pricing  characteristics  as  well  as  the 
competitors are different. Based upon market dynamics, the profitability of pools purchased in the bankrupt and 
Core  markets  may  differ  over  time.  We  have  found  periods  when  bankrupt  accounts  were  more  profitable  and 
other times when Core accounts were more profitable. From 2004 through 2008, our bankruptcy buying fluctuated 
between 13% and 39% of our total portfolio purchasing in those years. In 2009, for the first time in our history, 
bankruptcy  purchasing  exceeded  that  of  our Core  buying, finishing at 55% of total portfolio purchasing for the 
year  and  during  2010  this  percentage  increased  to  59%.    This  occurred  as  severe  dislocations  in  the  financial 
markets,  coupled  with  legislative  uncertainty,  caused  pricing  in  the  bankruptcy  market  to  decline  substantially, 
thereby driving our strategy to make advantageous bankruptcy portfolio acquisitions during this period.   For the 
year ended 2011, bankruptcy buying represented 48% of our total portfolio purchasing. 

In order to collect our Core portfolios, we generally need to employ relatively higher amounts of labor and 
incur  additional  collection  costs  to  generate  each  dollar  of  cash  collections  as  compared  with  bankruptcy 
portfolios.   In  order  to  achieve  acceptable  levels  of  net  return  on  investment  (after  direct  expenses),  we  are 
generally targeting a total cash collections to purchase price multiple in the 2.25-3.0x range.  On the other hand, 
bankrupt accounts generate the majority of cash collections through the efforts of the U.S. bankruptcy courts.  In 
this process, cash is remitted to our Company with no corresponding cost other than the cost of filing claims at the 
time  of  purchase  and  general  administrative  costs  for  monitoring  the  progress  of  each  account  through  the 
bankruptcy  process.   As  a  result,  overall  collection  costs  are  much  lower  for  us  when  liquidating  a  pool  of 
bankrupt  accounts  as  compared  to  a  pool  of  Core  accounts,  but  conversely  the  price  we  pay  for  bankrupt 
portfolios is generally higher than Core portfolios.  We generally target similar returns on investment (measured 
after  direct  expenses)  for  bankrupt  and  Core  portfolios  at  any  given  point  in  the  market  cycles.      However, 
because of the lower related collection costs, we can pay more for bankrupt portfolios, which causes the estimated 
total  cash  collections  to  purchase  price  multiples  of  bankrupt  pools  to  be  in  the  1.4-2.0x  range,  generally.   In 
summary,  compared  to  a  pool  of  Core  accounts,  to  the  extent  both  pools  had  identical  targeted  returns  on 
investment  (measured  after  direct  expenses),  the  bankrupt  pool  would  be  expected  to  generate  less  revenue,  a 
lower yield, less direct expenses, similar operating income, and a higher operating margin.  

47 

$0$50$100$150$200$250$300$350$400$45020012002200320042005200620072008200920102011($ in millions)Portfolio Purchases by YearCorePurchased Bankruptcy 
 
 
 
 
In  addition,  collections  on  younger,  newly  filed  bankrupt  accounts  tend  to  be  of  a  lower  magnitude  in  the 
earlier months when compared to Core charge-off accounts.  This lower level of early period collections is due to 
the fact that we primarily purchase portfolios of accounts that represent unsecured claims in bankruptcy, and these 
unsecured claims are scheduled to begin paying out after payment of the secured and priority claims.  As a result 
of  the  administrative  processes  regarding  payout  priorities  within  the  court-administered  bankruptcy  plans, 
unsecured creditors do not generally begin receiving meaningful collections on unsecured claims until 12 to 18 
months  after  the  bankruptcy  filing  date.    Therefore,  to  the  extent  that  we  purchase  portfolios  with  more  recent 
bankruptcy filing dates, as we did to a significant extent commencing in 2009, we would expect to experience a 
delay in cash collections compared with Core charged-off portfolios. 

We  utilize  a  long-term  approach  to  collecting  our  owned  portfolios  of  receivables.    This  approach  has 
historically  caused  us  to  realize  significant  cash  collections  and  revenues  from  purchased  portfolios  of  finance 
receivables  years  after  they  are  originally  acquired.    As  a  result,  we  have  in  the  past  been  able  to  temporarily 
reduce  our  level  of  current  period  acquisitions  without  a  corresponding  negative  current  period  impact on cash 
collections and revenue.  

The  following  tables,  which  exclude  any  proceeds  from  cash  sales  of  finance  receivables,  demonstrate  our 

ability to realize significant multi-year cash collection streams on our owned portfolios. 

Cash Collections By Year, By Year of Purchase - Entire Portfolio 

Cash Collections By Year, By Year of Purchase – Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio 

Cash Collections By Year, By Year of Purchase - Core Portfolio    

48 

($ in thousands)PurchasePurchasePeriodPrice1996-200020012002200320042005200620072008200920102011Total19963,080$               7,295$         730$           496$           398$             285$             210$             237$             102$             83$               78$               68$               100$             10,082$            19977,685                15,138         2,630           1,829           1,324             1,022             860               597               437               346               215               216               187               24,801              199811,089               16,981         5,152           3,948           2,797             2,200             1,811             1,415             882               616               397               382               332               36,913              199918,898               18,207         12,090         9,598           7,336             5,615             4,352             3,032             2,243             1,533             1,328             1,139             997               67,470              200025,020               6,894           19,498         19,478         16,628           14,098           10,924           8,067             5,202             3,604             3,198             2,782             2,554             112,927            200133,481               -              13,048         28,831         28,003           26,717           22,639           16,048           10,011           6,164             5,299             4,422             3,791             164,973            200242,325               -              -              15,073         36,258           35,742           32,497           24,729           16,527           9,772             7,444             6,375             5,844             190,261            200361,448               -              -              -              24,308           49,706           52,640           43,728           30,695           18,818           13,135           10,422           8,945             252,397            200459,177               -              -              -              -                18,019           46,475           40,424           30,750           19,339           13,677           9,944             8,522             187,150            2005143,169             -              -              -              -                -                18,968           75,145           69,862           49,576           33,366           23,733           17,234           287,884            2006107,696             -              -              -              -                -                -                22,971           53,192           40,560           29,749           22,494           18,190           187,156            2007258,382             -              -              -              -                -                -                -                42,263           115,011         94,805           83,059           67,088           402,226            2008275,154             -              -              -              -                -                -                -                -                61,277           107,974         100,337         89,344           358,932            2009281,436             -              -              -              -                -                -                -                -                -                57,338           177,407         187,119         421,864            2010358,185             -              -              -              -                -                -                -                -                -                -                86,562           218,053         304,615            2011402,803             -              -              -              -                -                -                -                -                -                -                -                77,190           77,190              Total2,089,028$         64,515$       53,148$       79,253$       117,052$       153,404$       191,376$       236,393$       262,166$       326,699$       368,003$       529,342$       705,490$       3,086,841$        Cash Collection Period($ in thousands)PurchasePurchasePeriodPrice1996-200020012002200320042005200620072008200920102011Total20047,468$               -$            -$            -$            -$              743$             4,554$           3,956$           2,777$           1,455$           496$             164$             149$             14,294$            200529,301               -              -              -              -                -                3,777             15,500           11,934           6,845             3,318             1,382             466               43,222              200617,645               -              -              -              -                -                -                5,608             9,455             6,522             4,398             2,972             1,526             30,481              200778,547               -              -              -              -                -                -                -                2,850             27,972           25,630           22,829           16,093           95,374              2008108,609             -              -              -              -                -                -                -                -                14,024           35,894           37,974           35,690           123,582            2009156,057             -              -              -              -                -                -                -                -                -                16,635           81,780           102,780         201,195            2010209,246             -              -              -              -                -                -                -                -                -                -                39,486           104,499         143,985            2011189,027             -              -              -              -                -                -                -                -                -                -                -                15,218           15,218              Total795,900$           -$            -$            -$            -$              743$             8,331$           25,064$         27,016$         56,818$         86,371$         186,587$       276,421$       667,351$          Cash Collection Period($ in thousands)PurchasePurchasePeriodPrice1996-200020012002200320042005200620072008200920102011Total19963,080$               7,295$         730$           496$           398$             285$             210$             237$             102$             83$               78$               68$               100$             10,082$            19977,685                15,138         2,630           1,829           1,324             1,022             860               597               437               346               215               216               187               24,801              199811,089               16,981         5,152           3,948           2,797             2,200             1,811             1,415             882               616               397               382               332               36,913              199918,898               18,207         12,090         9,598           7,336             5,615             4,352             3,032             2,243             1,533             1,328             1,139             997               67,470              200025,020               6,894           19,498         19,478         16,628           14,098           10,924           8,067             5,202             3,604             3,198             2,782             2,554             112,927            200133,481               -              13,048         28,831         28,003           26,717           22,639           16,048           10,011           6,164             5,299             4,422             3,791             164,973            200242,325               -              -              15,073         36,258           35,742           32,497           24,729           16,527           9,772             7,444             6,375             5,844             190,261            200361,448               -              -              -              24,308           49,706           52,640           43,728           30,695           18,818           13,135           10,422           8,945             252,397            200451,709               -              -              -              -                17,276           41,921           36,468           27,973           17,884           13,181           9,780             8,373             172,856            2005113,868             -              -              -              -                -                15,191           59,645           57,928           42,731           30,048           22,351           16,768           244,662            200690,051               -              -              -              -                -                -                17,363           43,737           34,038           25,351           19,522           16,664           156,675            2007179,835             -              -              -              -                -                -                -                39,413           87,039           69,175           60,230           50,995           306,852            2008166,545             -              -              -              -                -                -                -                -                47,253           72,080           62,363           53,654           235,350            2009125,379             -              -              -              -                -                -                -                -                -                40,703           95,627           84,339           220,669            2010148,939             -              -              -              -                -                -                -                -                -                -                47,076           113,554         160,630            2011213,776             -              -              -              -                -                -                -                -                -                -                -                61,972           61,972              Total1,293,128$         64,515$       53,148$       79,253$       117,052$       152,661$       183,045$       211,329$       235,150$       269,881$       281,632$       342,755$       429,069$       2,419,490$        Cash Collection Period 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
When  we  acquire  a  new  pool  of  finance  receivables,  our  estimates  typically  result  in  a  60  -  96  month 
projection of cash collections, depending on the type of finance receivables acquired.  The following chart shows 
our historical cash collections (including cash sales of finance receivables) in relation to the aggregate of the total 
estimated collection projections made at the time of each respective pool purchase, adjusted for buybacks, for the 
last ten years. 

Primarily as a result of the downturn in the economy, the decline in the availability of consumer credit, our 
efforts  to  help  customers  establish  reasonable  payment  plans,  and  improvements  in  our  collections  capabilities 
which have allowed us to profitably collect on accounts with lower balances or lower quality, the average payment 
size  has  decreased  over  the  past  several  years.    However,  due  to  improved  scoring  and  segmentation,  together 
with  enhanced  productivity,  we  have  been  able  to  realize  increased  amounts  of  cash  collections  by  generating 
enough incremental payments to overcome the decrease in payment size. 

The  following  chart  illustrates  the  excess  of  our  cash  collections  on  our  owned  portfolios  over  income 
recognized  on  finance  receivables  on  a  quarterly  basis.    The  difference  between  cash  collections  and  income 
recognized  on  finance  receivables  is  referred  to  as  payments  applied  to  principal.    It  is  also  referred  to  as 
amortization of purchase price.  This amortization is the portion of cash collections that is used to recover the cost 
of the portfolio investment represented on the balance sheet.      

(1)  Includes cash collections on finance receivables only and excludes cash proceeds from sales of defaulted 

consumer receivables. 

49 

$0$500$1,000$1,500$2,000$2,500$3,000$3,500Dec-01Dec-02Dec-03Dec-04Dec-05Dec-06Dec-07Dec-08Dec-09Dec-10Dec-11Actual Cash Collections and Cash Sales vs. Original Projections($ in millions)Actual Cash CollectionsOriginal Projections$0$20$40$60$80$100$120$140$160$180$200Dec-01Dec-02Dec-03Dec-04Dec-05Dec-06Dec-07Dec-08Dec-09Dec-10Dec-11Cash Collections ⁽¹⁾and Income Recognized on Finance Receivables, netCash collectionsPayments applied to principal or amortization of purchase priceIncome recognized on finance receivables, net($ in millions) 
 
 
 
 
Seasonality 

Collections  tend  to  be  higher  in  the  first  and  second  quarters  of  the  year  and  lower  in  the third and fourth 
quarters of the year, due to customer payment patterns in connection with seasonal employment trends, income tax 
refunds and holiday spending habits. Historically, our growth has partially offset the impact of this seasonality. 

The following table displays our quarterly cash collections by source, for the periods indicated. 

Rollforward of Net Finance Receivables 

The following table shows the changes in finance receivables, net, including the amounts paid to acquire new 

portfolios for the years ended December 31, (amounts in thousands). 

(1)  Acquisitions of finance receivables is net of buybacks and includes certain capitalized acquisition related 

costs. 

(2)  Cash collections applied to principal (also referred to as amortization) on finance receivables consists of 

cash collections less income recognized on finance receivables, net of allowance charges. 

(3)  Estimated Remaining Collections refers to the sum of all future projected cash collections on our owned 

portfolios. 

Owned Portfolio Personnel Performance: 

We measure the productivity of each collector each month, breaking results into groups of similarly tenured 

collectors.  The following tables display various productivity measures that we track for the periods indicated. 

Number of Collectors by Tenure 

50 

Cash Collection Source ($ in thousands)Q42011Q32011Q22011Q12011Q42010Q32010Q22010Q12010Call Center & Other Collections61,227$   63,967$   64,566$   67,377$   53,775$   51,711$   54,477$   56,987$   External Legal Collections26,316     27,245     27,329     25,378     21,446     20,217     18,819     18,276     Internal Legal Collections17,615     16,444     16,007     15,598     12,841     12,130     11,362     10,714     Purchased Bankruptcy Collections75,166     74,512     68,379     58,364     56,301     53,319     43,748     33,219     Total Cash Collections180,324$ 182,168$ 176,281$ 166,717$ 144,363$ 137,377$ 128,406$ 119,196$ 201120102009Balance at beginning of year831,330$                 693,462$                 563,830$                 Acquisitions of finance receivables (1)398,999357,530282,023Cash collections applied to principal on finance receivables (2)(303,595)(219,662)(152,391)Balance at end of year926,734$                 831,330$                 693,462$                 Estimated Remaining Collections ("ERC")(3)1,953,348$              1,723,518$              1,415,446$              200620072008200920102011Q1331340314488690830Q2342360348587711860Q3324397410604742877Q4340327452638771867One year + (1)200620072008200920102011Q1360435688621686644Q2372481744612681671Q3402475631585642600Q4375553739676731828Less than one year (2) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  Calculated based on actual employees (collectors) with one year of service or more. 
(2)  Calculated using total hours worked by all collectors, including those in training, to produce a full time 

equivalent ―FTE.‖ 

The  tables  below  contain  our  collector  productivity  metrics  as  defined  by  calendar  quarter  for  the  periods 

indicated. 

Cash Collections per Hour Paid 

(1)  Represents  total  cash  collections  less  purchased  bankruptcy  cash  collections  from  trustee-administered 
accounts.  This metric does include  cash collections from purchased bankruptcy accounts administered 
by the Core call center collection floor as well as cash collections generated by our internal staff of legal 
collectors.    In  addition,  this  calculation  does  not  include  hours  paid  to  our  internal  staff  of  legal 
collectors or to employees processing the bankruptcy-required notifications to trustees. 

51 

200620072008200920102011Q16917751,0021,1091,3761,474Q27148411,0921,1991,3921,531Q37268721,0411,1891,3841,477Q47158801,1911,3141,5021,695Total (2)200620072008200920102011Q1$141$141$116$120$135$162Q2$132$129$115$114$127$154Q3$129$120$110$111$127$152Q4$127$107$98$109$129$137Core cash collections (1)200620072008200920102011Q1$152$156$133$147$182$241Q2$146$142$136$143$188$243Q3$145$131$134$144$200$249Q4$142$119$123$148$204$228Total cash collections (2)200620072008200920102011Q1$106$108$96$118$154$204Q2$99$96$99$116$160$205Q3$98$88$99$119$170$212Q4$94$80$94$123$174$194Non-legal cash collections (3)200620072008200920102011Q1$95$92$79$90$106$125Q2$85$83$78$87$100$116Q3$82$76$76$87$97$115Q4$80$68$69$84$98$103Non-legal/non-bankruptcy cash collections (4) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2)  Represents  total  cash  collections  (assigned  and  unassigned)  divided  by  total  hours  paid  (including 

holiday, vacation and sick time) to collectors (including those in training). 

(3)  Represents total cash collections less external legal cash collections.  This metric does include internal 
legal  collections  and  all  bankruptcy  collections  and  excludes  any  hours  associated with either of those 
functions.  

(4)  Represents total cash collections less external legal cash collections and less purchased bankruptcy cash 
collections from trustee-administered accounts.  This metric does not include any labor hours associated 
with the bankruptcy or legal (internal or external) functions but does include internally-driven cash 
collections from the internal legal channel. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Historically, our primary sources of cash have been cash flows from operations, bank borrowings and equity 
offerings.  Cash has been used for acquisitions of finance receivables, corporate acquisitions, repurchase of our 
common stock, payment of cash dividends, repayments of bank borrowings, purchases of property and equipment 
and working capital to support our growth. 

As of December 31, 2011, cash and cash equivalents totaled $26.7 million, as compared to $41.1 million at 
December  31,  2010.    Total  debt  outstanding  on  our  $407.5  million  line  of  credit  was  $220.0  million  as  of 
December 31, 2011, which represents availability of $187.5 million (subject to the borrowing base and applicable 
debt covenants). 

We  have  in  place  forward  flow  commitments  for  the  purchase  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables  over  the 
next 12 months of approximately $280.8 million as of December 31, 2011.  Additionally we may enter into new 
or  renewed  flow  commitments  in  the  next  twelve  months  and  close  on  spot  transactions  in  addition  to  the 
aforementioned flow agreements.  We believe that funds generated from operations and from cash collections on 
finance  receivables,  together  with  existing  cash  and  available  borrowings  under  our  credit  agreement  will  be 
sufficient to finance our operations, planned capital expenditures, the aforementioned forward flow commitments, 
and  a  material  amount  of  additional  portfolio  purchasing  in  excess  of  the  currently  committed  flow 
amounts during the next twelve months. 

We are cognizant of the market fundamentals in the  debt purchase and company acquisition market which, 
because of significant supply and tight capital availability, could cause increased buying opportunities to arise.  
Accordingly, we filed a $150 million shelf registration during the third quarter of 2009. We issued $75.5 million 
of equity securities under that  registration statement during February 2010 in order to take advantage of market 
opportunities  while  retaining  the  ability  to  issue  up  to  an  additional  $74.5  million  of  equity  or  debt  securities 
under  the  shelf  registration  statement  in  the  future. The  outcome  of  any  future  transaction  is  subject  to  market 
conditions.  In addition, we closed on a new and expanded syndicated loan during the fourth quarter of 2010.  The 
new credit agreement increased our credit availability to $407.5 million.  Refer to the ―Borrowings‖ section below 
for additional information on the line of credit. 

With the acquisition of a controlling interest in CCB, we have the right to call (purchase) the noncontrolling 
interest through February 2015.  In addition, the noncontrolling interest has the right to put the remainder of the 
shares to us beginning in March 2012 and ending February 2018.  The total maximum amount we would have to 
pay for the noncontrolling interest in CCB under any circumstances is $22.8 million. 

We file income tax returns using the cost recovery method for tax revenue recognition as it relates to our debt 
purchasing business.  We were notified on June 21, 2007 that we were being examined by the  IRS for the 2005 
tax  year.   The  IRS  concluded the audit and on March 19, 2009 issued Form 4549-A, Income Tax Examination 
Changes, for tax years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.  The IRS has asserted that cost recovery for tax 
revenue  recognition  does  not  clearly  reflect  taxable  income  and  that  unused  line  fees  paid  on  credit  facilities 
should  be  capitalized  and  amortized  rather  than  taken  as  a  current  deduction.   On  April  22,  2009,  we  filed  a 
formal protest of the findings contained in the examination report prepared by the IRS.  On August 26, 2011, the 
IRS issued a Notice of Deficiency for the tax years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005.  We subsequently 
filed a petition in United States Tax Court.  We believe we have sufficient support for the technical merits of our 
positions and that it is more-likely-than-not that these positions will ultimately be sustained; therefore, a reserve 
for  uncertain  tax  positions  is  not  necessary  for  these  tax  positions.   If  we  are  unsuccessful  in tax court,  we can 
appeal  to  the  federal  Circuit  Court  of  Appeals.    If  judicial  appeals  prove  unsuccessful,  we  may  ultimately  be 
52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
required  to  pay  the  related  deferred  taxes,      any  potential  interest,  and  penalties,  possibly  requiring  additional 
financing from other sources.  In accordance with the Internal Revenue Code, underpayments of federal tax accrue 
interest, compounded daily, at the applicable federal short term rate plus three percentage points.  An additional 
two  percentage  points  applies  to  large  corporate  underpayments  of  $100,000  or  more  to  periods  after  the 
applicable date as defined in the Internal Revenue Code.  We file taxes in multiple state jurisdictions; therefore, 
any underpayment of state tax will accrue interest in accordance with the respective state statute.  The deferred tax 
liability related to revenue recognition on our debt purchasing business is $195.3 million at December 31, 2011.  
On June 30, 2011, we were notified by the IRS that the audit period was expanded to include the tax years ended 
December 31, 2009 and 2008.  

Cash generated from operations is dependent upon our ability to collect on our finance receivables.  Many 
factors, including the economy and our ability to hire and retain qualified collectors and managers, are essential to 
our ability to generate cash flows.  Fluctuations in these factors that cause a negative impact on our business could 
have a material impact on our future cash flows. 

On February 2, 2012, the Board of Directors  of PRA authorized a share repurchase program of up to $100 
million of our outstanding shares of Common Stock.  The program will be administered by a special committee of 
PRA’s Board of Directors.  Repurchases would depend on prevailing market conditions and other factors.  The 
repurchase program may be suspended or discontinued at any time. 

Our  operating  activities  provided  cash  of  $173.0  million,  $143.6  million  and  $85.3  million  for  the  years 
ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.   In these periods, cash from operations was generated 
primarily from net income earned through cash collections and fee income received for the period. The increase 
was due mainly to an increase in net income to $101.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, from $73.9 
million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $44.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 as well as 
net changes in other accounts related to our operating activities. 

Our investing activities used cash of $104.8 million, $170.5 million and $134.3 million for the years ended 
December  31,  2011,  2010  and  2009,  respectively.  Cash  provided  by  investing  activities  is  primarily  driven  by 
cash collections applied to principal on finance receivables.  Cash used in investing activities is primarily driven 
by  acquisitions  of  finance  receivables,  purchases  of  property  and  equipment  and  business  acquisitions.    The 
majority of the decrease was due to net cash payments for corporate acquisitions totaling $1.0 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2011 compared to $23.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $0 for the year 
ended December 31, 2009 as well as an increase in acquisitions of finance receivables to $399.0 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2011 from $357.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $282.0 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase was offset by an increase in collections applied to principal on 
finance  receivables  to  $303.6  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011  from  $219.7  million  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2010 and $152.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. 

Our financing activities used cash of $82.7 million and provided cash of $47.8 million and $55.3 million for 
the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Cash used in financing activities is primarily 
driven by payments on our line of credit and principal payments on long-term debt.  Cash is provided primarily by 
draws on our line of credit and proceeds from stock offerings.  The majority of the change was due to a decrease 
in  the  net  borrowings  on  our  line  of  credit.    We  had  net  repayments  on  our line of credit of  $80.0 million  and 
$19.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, as compared to a net draw $51.0 
million for the year ended December 31, 2009.  

Cash  paid  for  interest  was  $10.3  million,  $9.4  million  and  $8.0  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31, 
2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The majority of interest was paid on our lines of credit and other long-term 
debt. The increase from the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 
was mainly due to an increase in our weighted average interest rate which increased to 3.71% for the year ended 
December  31,  2011  from  2.46%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  offset  by  an  decrease  in  our  average 
variable rate borrowings to $213.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $244.2 million for 
the  year ended December 31, 2010.  The  increase from the  year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to the 
year  ended  December  31,  2010  was  mainly  due  to  an  increase  in  our  average  borrowings  which  increased  to 
$244.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $234.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, 
and the cost to terminate our interest rate swap, which was partially offset by an decrease in our weighted average 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
interest rate from 2.46% for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 2.62% for the year ended December 
31, 2009. 

Borrowings 

On December 20, 2010,  we entered into a  credit agreement with  Bank of America, N.A., as administrative 
agent,  and  a  syndicate  of  lenders  named  therein  (the  ―Credit  Agreement‖).    Under  the  terms  of  the  Credit 
Agreement, the credit facility includes an aggregate principal amount available of $407.5 million which consists 
of a $50 million fixed rate loan that matures on May 4, 2012, which was transferred from our then existing credit 
agreement,  and  a  $357.5  million  revolving  credit  facility  that  matures  on  December  20,  2014.    The  revolving 
credit facility will be automatically increased by $50 million upon the maturity and repayment of the fixed rate 
loan.  The fixed rate loan bears interest at a rate of 6.8% per annum, payable monthly in arrears. The revolving 
loans  accrue  interest,  at  our  option,  at  either  the  base  rate  plus  1.75%  per  annum  or  the  Eurodollar  rate  (as 
defined) for the applicable term plus 2.75% per annum.  The base rate is the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate 
plus 0.50%, (b) Bank of America’s prime rate, and (c) the Eurodollar rate plus 1.00%.  Interest is payable on base 
rate loans quarterly in arrears and on Eurodollar loans in arrears on the last day of each interest period or if such 
interest  period  exceeds  three  months,  every  three  months.  Our  revolving  credit  facility  includes  a  $20  million 
swingline loan sublimit and a $20 million letter of credit sublimit.  It also contains an accordion loan feature that 
allows us to request an increase of up to $142.5 million in the amount available for borrowing under the revolving 
credit facility, whether from existing or new lenders, subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement.  No existing 
lender  is  obligated  to  increase  its  commitment.    The  Credit  Agreement  is  secured  by  a  first  priority  lien  on 
substantially  all  of  our  assets.    The  Credit  Agreement  contains  restrictive  covenants  and  events  of  default 
including the following: 

borrowings  may  not  exceed  30%  of  the  ERC  of  all  its  eligible  asset  pools  plus  75%  of  its  eligible 
accounts receivable; 

the consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) cannot exceed 2.0 to 1.0 as of the 
end of any fiscal quarter; 

consolidated  Tangible  Net  Worth  (as  defined  in  the  Credit  Agreement)  must  equal  or  exceed 
$309,452,000 plus 50% of cumulative positive consolidated net income for each fiscal quarter beginning 
with  the  quarter  ended  December 31,  2010,  plus  50%  of  the  cumulative  net  proceeds  of  any  equity 
offering; 

capital expenditures during any fiscal year cannot exceed $20 million; 

cash dividends and distributions during any fiscal year cannot exceed $20 million;  

stock repurchases during the term of the agreement cannot exceed $100 million;  

permitted acquisitions (as defined in the  Credit Agreement) during any fiscal year cannot exceed $100 
million;  

  we must maintain positive consolidated income from operations during any fiscal quarter; and 

restrictions on changes in control.   

The revolving credit facility also bears an unused commitment fee of 0.375% per annum, payable quarterly in 

arrears. 

At December 31, 2011, our borrowings under our revolving credit facility consisted of 30-day Eurodollar rate 

loans and base rate loans with a weighted average annual interest rate equal to 3.16%. 

We  had  $220.0  million  and  $300.0  million  of  borrowings  outstanding  on  our  credit  facility  as  of 
December 31,  2011  and  December 31,  2010,  respectively,  of  which  $50  million  was  part  of  the  non-revolving 
fixed rate loan at both dates.   

We were in compliance with all covenants of our credit facility as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ Equity 

Stockholders’  equity  was  $595.5  at  December  31,  2011  and  $490.5  million  at  December  31,  2010.  The 

increase was attributable primarily to $100.8 million in net income attributable to PRA. 

Contractual Obligations 

Our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011 were as follows (amounts in thousands): 

(1)  To the extent that a balance is outstanding on our line of credit, the revolving portion ($170.0 million) would 
be due in December 2014 and the non-revolving fixed rate sub-limit portion ($50.0 million) would be due in May 
2012.  Upon maturity of the fixed rate portion, the revolving credit facility will be automatically increased by $50 
million.    Therefore,  for  purposes  of  this  table  and  the  related  interest  calculations,  the  assumed  maturity  of  the 
fixed rate  sublimit is the same as the existing revolving portion or December 2014.  This amount also includes 
estimated  interest  and  unused  line  fees  due  on  the  line  of  credit  for  both  the  fixed  rate  and  variable  rate 
components.    This  estimate  also  assumes  that  the  balance  on  the  line  of  credit  remains  constant  from  the 
December 31, 2011 balance of $220.0 million and the balance is paid in full at its respective maturity. 
(2)  This amount includes the maximum remaining amount to be purchased under forward flow contracts for the 
purchase of charged-off consumer debt in the amount of approximately $280.8 million. 
(3)    This  amount  includes  the  maximum  remaining  purchase  price  of  $22.8  million  to  be  paid  to  acquire  the 
noncontrolling interest in CCB. 

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We do not have any off balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2011 as defined by Item 303(a)(4) of 

Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, ―Intangibles—Goodwill and Other‖ (Topic 350): ―When 
to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts, 
a  consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (Issue No. 10-A).‖ ASU 2010-28 modifies Step 1 of the 
goodwill  impairment  test  under  ASC  Topic  350  for  reporting  units  with  zero  or  negative  carrying  amounts  to 
require  an  entity to perform Step 2 of the  goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill 
impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity 
should consider whether there are adverse qualitative factors, including the examples provided in ASC paragraph 
350-20-35-30, in determining whether an interim goodwill impairment test between annual test dates is necessary. 
ASU 2010-28 allows an entity to use either the equity or enterprise valuation premise to determine the carrying 
amount of a reporting unit, and is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after 
December 15,  2010.  We  adopted  ASU  2010-28  on  January  1,  2011  which  had  no  material  effect  on  our 
consolidated financial statements. 

In  May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, ―Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to 
Achieve  Common  Fair  Value  Measurement  and  Disclosure  Requirements  in  U.S.  GAAP  and  IFRS.‖    The 
amendments in ASU 2011-04 generally represent clarification of Topic 820, but also include instances where a 
particular  principle  or  requirement  for  measuring  fair  value  or  disclosing  information  about  fair  value 
measurements has changed.  This update results in common principles and requirements for measuring fair value 
55 

LessMorethan 11 - 33 - 5than 5Contractual ObligationsTotalyearyearsyearsyearsOperating Leases24,345$              4,559$              8,683$                     6,895$                  4,208$               Line of Credit (1)245,181              9,074                236,107                   -                      -                    Long-term Debt1,228                  675                  553                         -                      -                    Purchase Commitments (2) (3)308,632              293,432            15,200                     -                      -                    Employment Agreements22,658                10,464              11,953                     241                      -                    Total602,044$            318,204$           272,496$                 7,136$                  4,208$               Payments due by period 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and  for  disclosing  information  about  fair  value  measurements  in  accordance  with  U.S.  Generally  Accepted 
Accounting  Principles  (―GAAP‖) and International Financial Reporting Standards (―IFRS‖).  The provisions of 
ASU  2011-04  are  effective  prospectively  for  interim  and  annual  periods  beginning  after  December 15,  2011.  
Early  adoption  is  prohibited.    We  do  not  expect  ASU  2011-04  to  have  a  material  effect  on  our  consolidated 
financial statements.  

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, ―Comprehensive Income‖ (Topic 220) to amend its accounting 
guidance  on  the  presentation  of  other  comprehensive  income  (―OCI‖)  in  an  entity’s  financial  statements.   The 
amended guidance eliminates the option to present the components of OCI as part of the statement of changes in 
shareholders equity and provides two options for presenting OCI: in a statement included in the income statement 
or  in  a  separate  statement  immediately  following  the  income  statement.   The  amendments  do  not  change  the 
guidance for the items that have to be reported in OCI or when an item of OCI has to be moved into net income.  
For  public  entities,  the  amendments  are  effective  for  fiscal  years,  and  interim  periods  within  those  years, 
beginning  after  December 15,  2011.   We  are  currently  evaluating  which  option  we  will  utilize  to  present 
comprehensive  income,  neither  of  which  is  expected  to  have  a  material  effect  on  our  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, ―Intangibles-Goodwill and Other‖ (Topic 350): ―Testing 
Goodwill  for  Impairment‖  to  amend  the  accounting  guidance  on  goodwill  impairment  testing.  The  amended 
guidance  reduces  the  complexity  and  costs  of  goodwill  impairment  testing  by  allowing  an  entity  the  option  to 
make  a  qualitative  evaluation  about  the  likelihood  of  goodwill  impairment  to  determine  whether  it  should 
calculate the fair value of a reporting unit. The amended guidance also improves previous guidance by expanding 
upon the examples of events and circumstances that an entity should consider between annual impairment tests in 
determining  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying 
amount.  The  amendments  are  effective  for  interim  and  annual  goodwill  impairment  tests  performed  for  fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted.  We do not expect ASU 2011-08 to have a 
material effect on our consolidated financial statements. 

Critical Accounting Policies 

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  The  preparation  of 
these  financial  statements  requires  estimation  and  judgment  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues, 
expenses, assets, and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions 
that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments 
about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The following 
critical  accounting  policies  are  a  subset  of  our  significant  accounting  policies  described  in  Note  1  to  the 
consolidated  financial  statements.  These  critical  accounting  policies  affect  significant  areas  of  our  financial 
statements  and  involve  judgment  and  estimates.  If  these  estimates  differ  significantly  from  actual  results,  the 
impact on our consolidated financial statements may be material. 

Management believes our critical accounting policies and estimates are those related to revenue recognition, 
valuation  of  acquired  intangibles  and  goodwill,  and  income  taxes.    Management  believes  these  policies  to  be 
critical because they are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results, and because they 
require  management  to  make  judgments  and  estimates  about  matters  that  are  inherently  uncertain.  Our  senior 
management has reviewed these critical accounting policies and related disclosures with the Audit Committee of 
our Board of Directors. 

Revenue Recognition 

Finance Receivables:   

We  acquire portfolios of accounts that have  experienced deterioration of credit quality between origination 
and  PRA’s  acquisition  of  the  accounts.  The  amount  paid  for  any  portfolio  reflects  our  determination  that  it  is 
probable we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to an account’s contractual terms. At acquisition, 
we review the accounts to determine whether there is evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination, 
and if it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the loan’s contractual terms.  If 
both conditions exist, we then determine whether each such account is to be accounted for individually or whether 
such  accounts  will  be  assembled  into  pools  based  on  common  risk  characteristics.    We  consider  expected 
56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
prepayments and estimate the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal, interest and other cash flows 
(expected  at  acquisition)  for  each  acquired  portfolio  based  on  our  proprietary  acquisition  models,  and 
subsequently  aggregate  portfolios  of  accounts  into  pools.    We  determine  the  excess  of  the  pool’s  scheduled 
contractual principal and contractual interest payments over all cash flows expected at acquisition as an amount 
that  should  not  be  accreted  (nonaccretable  difference).    The  remaining  amount,  representing  the  excess  of  the 
pool’s cash flows expected to be collected over the amount paid, is accreted into income recognized on finance 
receivables over the estimated remaining life of the pool (accretable yield).  

We account for our investment in finance receivables under the guidance of ASC Topic 310-30, ―Loans and 
Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality‖ (―ASC 310-30‖).  We acquire portfolios of accounts 
that have experienced deterioration of credit quality between origination and our acquisition of the accounts. The 
amount paid for a portfolio reflects our determination that it is probable we will be unable to collect all amounts 
due  according  to  an  account’s  contractual  terms.  At  acquisition,  we  review  the  accounts  to  determine  whether 
there is evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination, and if it is probable that we will be unable to 
collect  all  amounts  due  according  to  the  loan’s  contractual  terms.    If  both  conditions  exist,  we  then  determine 
whether each such  account is to be  accounted for individually or whether such  accounts will be assembled into 
pools  based  on  common  risk  characteristics.  We  consider  expected  prepayments  and  estimate  the  amount  and 
timing  of  undiscounted  expected  principal,  interest  and  other  cash  flows  (expected  at  acquisition)  for  each 
acquired  portfolio  based  on  our  proprietary  models,  and  we  subsequently  aggregate  portfolios  of  accounts  into 
pools.  We  determine  the  excess  of  the  pool’s  scheduled  contractual principal and contractual interest payments 
over all cash flows expected at acquisition as an amount that should not be accreted (nonaccretable difference). 
The  remaining  amount,  representing  the  excess  of  the  account’s  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  over  the 
amount paid, is accreted into income recognized on finance receivables over the remaining estimated life of the 
account or pool (accretable yield). 

Under ASC 310-30 static pools of accounts may be established. These pools are aggregated based on certain 
common risk criteria. Each static pool is recorded at cost, which includes certain direct costs of acquisition paid to 
third parties, and is accounted for as a single unit for the recognition of income, payments applied to principal and 
loss  provision.  Once  a  static  pool  is  established  for  a  calendar  quarter,  individual  receivable  accounts  are  not 
added to the pool (unless replaced by the seller) or removed from the pool (unless sold or returned to the seller). 
ASC  310-30  requires  that  the  excess  of  the  contractual  cash  flows  over  expected  cash  flows,  based  on  our 
estimates  derived  from  our  proprietary  collection  models,  not  be  recognized  as  an  adjustment  of  revenue  or 
expense or on the balance sheet. ASC 310-30, utilizing the interest method, initially freezes the yield, estimated 
when the accounts are purchased as the basis for subsequent impairment testing. Significant increases in expected 
future  cash  flows  may  be  recognized  prospectively,  through  an  upward  adjustment  of  the  yield,  over  a  pool’s 
remaining  life.  Any  increase  to  the  yield  then  becomes  the  new benchmark for impairment testing. Under ASC 
310-30,  rather  than  lowering  the  estimated  yield  if  the  collection  estimates  are  not  received  or  projected  to  be 
received, the carrying value of a pool would be written down to maintain the then current yield and is shown as a 
reduction in revenue in the consolidated income statements with a corresponding valuation allowance offsetting 
finance receivables, net, on the consolidated balance sheets. Income on finance receivables is accrued quarterly 
based on each static pool’s effective yield. Quarterly cash flows greater than the interest accrual will reduce the 
carrying value of the static pool. This reduction in carrying value is defined as payments applied to principal (also 
referred to as principal amortization). Likewise, cash flows that are less than the interest accrual will accrete the 
carrying balance. Generally, we do not record accretion in the first six to twelve months of the estimated life of 
the  pool;  accordingly,  we  utilize  either  the  cost  recovery  method  or  cash  method  when  necessary  to  prevent 
accretion as permitted by ASC 310-30. The yield is estimated and periodically recalculated based on the timing 
and amount of anticipated cash flows using our proprietary collection models. A pool can become fully amortized 
(zero  carrying  balance  on  the  balance  sheet)  while  still  generating  cash  collections.  In  this  case,  all  cash 
collections are recognized as revenue when received. Under the cash method, revenue is recognized as it would be 
under  the  interest  method  up  to  the  amount  of  cash  collections.  Additionally,  we  use  the  cost  recovery  method 
when collections on a particular pool of accounts cannot be reasonably predicted. These cost recovery pools are 
not aggregated with other  pools. Under the cost recovery method, no revenue  is recognized until we have fully 
collected the cost of the pool, or until such time that we consider the collections to be probable and estimable and 
begin to recognize income based on the interest method as described above.   

We  establish  valuation  allowances  for  all  acquired  accounts  subject  to  ASC  310-30  to  reflect  only  those 
losses incurred after acquisition (that is, the present value of cash flows initially expected at acquisition that are no 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
longer  expected  to  be  collected).  Valuation  allowances  are  established  only  subsequent  to  acquisition  of  the 
accounts.    

We  implement the accounting for income recognized on finance receivables under ASC 310-30 as follows. 
We  create each accounting pool using our projections of estimated cash flows and expected economic life. We 
then compute the effective yield that fully amortizes the pool to the end of its expected economic life based on the 
current projections of estimated cash flows. As actual cash flow results are recorded, we balance those results to 
the data contained in our proprietary models to ensure accuracy, then review each pool watching for trends, actual 
performance versus projections and curve shape (a graphical depiction of the timing of cash flows), sometimes re-
forecasting  future  cash  flows  utilizing  our  statistical  models.  The  review  process  is primarily performed by our 
finance staff; however, our operational and statistical staffs may also be involved depending upon actual cash flow 
results achieved. To the extent there is overperformance, we will either increase the yield or release the allowance 
and  consider  increasing  future  cash  projections,  if  persuasive  evidence  indicates  that  the  overperformance  is 
considered  to be a significant betterment.  If the overperformance is considered more of an acceleration of cash 
flows  (a  timing  difference),  we  will adjust estimated future cash flows downward which effectively extends the 
amortization  period,  or  take  no  action  at  all  if  the  amortization  period  is  reasonable  and  falls  within the pools’ 
expected  economic  life.  In  either  case,  yield  may  or  may  not  be  increased  due  to  the  time  value  of  money 
(accelerated  cash  collections).  To  the  extent  there  is  underperformance,  we  will  record  an  allowance  if  the 
underperformance  is  significant  and  will  also  consider  revising  estimated  future  cash  flows  based  on  current 
period information, or take no action if the pool’s amortization period is reasonable and falls within the currently 
projected economic life.   

Fee Income: 

We  utilize  the  provisions  of  ASC  Topic  605-45,  ―Principal  Agent  Considerations‖  (―ASC  605-45‖),  to 
account  for  fee  income  revenue  from  our  fee-for-service  subsidiaries.    ASC  605-45  requires  an  analysis  to  be 
completed  to  determine  if  certain  revenues  should  be  reported  gross  or  reported  net  of  their  related  operating 
expense.    This  analysis  includes  an  assessment  of  who  retains  inventory/credit  risk,  controls  vendor  selection, 
establishes pricing and remains the primary obligor on the transaction.   Each of these factors was considered to 
determine the correct method of recognizing revenue from our subsidiaries.   

Our skip tracing subsidiary utilizes both gross and net reporting under ASC 605-45.  We generate revenue by 
working  an  account  and  successfully  locating  a  customer  for  our  client.    An  ―investigative  fee‖  is  received  for 
these  services.  In  addition,  we  incur  ―agent  expenses‖  where  we  hire  a  third-party  collector  to  effectuate 
repossession.  In many cases we have an arrangement with our client which allows us to bill the client for these 
fees.    We  have  determined  these  fees  to  be  gross  revenue  based  on  the  criteria  in  ASC  605-45  and  they  are 
recorded as such in the line item ―Fee income,‖ because we are primarily liable to the third party collector.  There 
is a corresponding expense in ―Agent fees‖ for these pass-through items.  We also incur fees to release liens on 
the repossessed collateral. These lien-release fees are netted in the line ―Agent fees.‖ 

Our  government  processing  and  collection  business’  primary  source  of  income  is  derived  from  servicing 
taxing  authorities  in  several  different  ways:  processing  all  of  their  tax  payments  and  tax  forms,  collecting 
delinquent  taxes,  identifying  taxes  that  are  not  being  paid  and  auditing  tax  payments.    The  processing  and 
collection  pieces  are  standard  commission  based  billings  or  fee-for-service  transactions.    When  an  audit  is 
conducted, there are two components. The first component is a billing for the hours incurred to conduct the audit.  
This billing is marked up from the actual costs incurred. The gross billing is a component of the line item ―Fee 
income‖  and  the  expense  is  included  in  the  line  item  ―Compensation  and  employee  services.‖    The  second 
component  is  expenses  incurred  while  conducting  the  audit.  Most  jurisdictions  will  reimburse  us  for  direct 
expenses incurred for the audit including such items as travel and meals.  The billed amounts are included in the 
line  item  ―Fee  income‖  and  the  expense  component  is  included  in  its  appropriate  expense  category,  generally, 
―Other operating expenses.‖  

Our  claims  administration  and  payment  processing  business  utilizes  net  reporting  under  ASC  605-45.    We 
generate revenue by filing claims with the class action claims administrator on behalf of our clients and receiving 
the related settlement payment.  Under SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin 104 (―SAB 104‖), we have determined that 
our fee is not earned until we have received the settlement funds.  When a payment is received from the claims 
administrator for settlement of a lawsuit, the fee is recorded on a net basis as revenue and included in the line item 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
―Fee  income.‖    The  balance  of  the  received  amounts  is  recorded  as  a  liability  and  included  in  the  line  item 
―Accounts payable.‖ 

Valuation of Acquired Intangibles and Goodwill 

In  accordance  with  ASC  Topic  350,  ―Intangibles—Goodwill  and  Other‖  (―ASC  350‖),  we  amortize 
intangible assets over their estimated useful lives.  Goodwill, pursuant to ASC 350, is not amortized but rather is 
reviewed for impairment annually or earlier if indicators of potential impairment exist. The review of goodwill for 
potential impairment is highly subjective and requires that: (1) goodwill is allocated to various reporting units of 
our business to which it relates; and (2) we estimate the fair value of those reporting units to which the goodwill 
relates and then determine the book value of those reporting units.  If the estimated fair value of reporting units 
with allocated goodwill is determined to be less than their book value, we are required to estimate the fair value of 
all identifiable assets and liabilities of those reporting units in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation for 
an  acquired  business.  This  requires  independent  valuation  of  certain  unrecognized  assets.  Once  this  process  is 
complete, the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, can be determined.   

Income Taxes 

We follow the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 740 ―Income Taxes‖ (―ASC 740‖) as it relates to the provision 
for income taxes and uncertainty in income taxes. Accordingly, we record a tax provision for the anticipated tax 
consequences of the reported results of operations. In accordance with ASC 740, the provision for income taxes is 
computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for 
the  expected  future  tax  consequences  of  temporary  differences  between  the  financial  reporting  and  tax  basis  of 
assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those 
tax assets are expected to be realized or settled. The evaluation of a tax position in accordance with the guidance 
is a two-step process. The first step is recognition: the enterprise determines whether it is more-likely-than-not that 
a  tax  position  will  be  sustained  upon  examination,  including  resolution  of  any  related  appeals  or  litigation 
processes, based on the technical merits of the position. In evaluating whether a tax position has met the more-
likely-than-not  recognition  threshold,  the  enterprise  should  presume  that  the  position  will  be  examined  by  the 
appropriate  taxing  authority  that  would  have  full  knowledge  of  all  relevant  information.  The  second  step  is 
measurement:  a tax position that meets the  more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine 
the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured as the largest amount 
of  benefit  that  is  greater  than  50  percent  likely  of  being  realized  upon  ultimate  settlement.   Tax  positions  that 
previously  failed  to  meet  the  more-likely-than-not  recognition  threshold  should  be  recognized  in  the  first 
subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met.  Previously recognized tax positions that no 
longer  meet  the  more-likely-than-not  recognition  threshold  should  be  derecognized  in  the  first  subsequent 
financial  reporting  period in which that threshold is no longer met.  We  record interest and penalties related to 
unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. 

We utilize the cost recovery method of income recognition for tax purposes. We believe cost recovery to be 
an acceptable method for companies in the bad debt purchasing industry, as under the cost recovery method, for 
tax purposes, collections on finance receivables are applied first to principal to reduce the finance receivables to 
zero before any income is recognized.  

In  the  event  that  all  or  part  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  are  determined  not  to  be  realizable  in  the  future,  a 
valuation  allowance  would  be  established  and  charged  to  earnings  in  the  period  such  determination  is  made. 
Similarly, if we subsequently realize deferred tax assets that were previously determined to be unrealizable, the 
respective valuation allowance would be reversed, resulting in a positive adjustment to earnings or a decrease in 
goodwill  in  the  period  such  determination  is  made.  In  addition,  the  calculation  of  tax  liabilities  involves 
significant judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws. Resolution 
of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with our expectations could have a material impact on our results 
of operations and financial position. 

. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk. 

Interest Rate Risk 

We  are  subject  to  interest  rate  risk  with  our  variable  rate  credit  line.    We  assess  this  interest  rate  risk  by 
estimating the increase in interest expense that would occur due to an increase in short-term interest rates.  The 
average  borrowings on our variable rate credit line were $213.2 million and $244.2 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  Assuming a 200 basis point increase in interest rates, for example, 
interest expense would have increased by $4.3 million and $5.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 
and  2010,  respectively.    As  of  December  31,  2011  and  2010,  we  had  $170.0  million  and  $250.0  million, 
respectively,  of  variable  rate  debt  outstanding  on  our  credit  lines.  We  do  not  have  any  other  variable  rate  debt 
outstanding as of December 31, 2011.  We had no interest rate hedging programs in place at December 31, 2011 
or December 31, 2010.  Significant increases in future interest rates on the variable rate credit line could lead to a 
material decrease in future earnings assuming all other factors remained constant. 

Currency Exchange Risk 

In the first quarter of 2012, we acquired MHH, a United Kingdom debt collection and purchase group.  MHH 
conducts business in British pounds, but we report our financial results in U.S. dollars.  Therefore, as a  result of 
the MHH acquisition, we will face exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.  Significant fluctuations in 
exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the British pound may adversely affect our net income.  We may or 
may not implement a hedging program related to currency exchange rate fluctuations.   

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

See Item 6 for quarterly consolidated financial statements for 2011 and 2010. 

Index to Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  
Consolidated Balance Sheets  

as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 

Consolidated Income Statements   

for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and 

Comprehensive Income 
for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Page 
62 

63 

64 

65 

66 
67-87 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Portfolio  Recovery 
Associates,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the ―Company‖)  as  of  December 31,  2011  and  2010,  and  the 
related  consolidated  income  statements,  and  statements  of  changes  in  stockholders’  equity  and 
comprehensive  income,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended 
December 31,  2011.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the 
Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated 
financial statements based on our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the Public Company Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles 
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial 
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all 
material respects, the financial position of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries as 
of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each 
of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally 
accepted accounting principles. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight  Board  (United  States),  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.’s  internal  control  over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – 
Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 28, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion 
on  the  effectiveness  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting.  

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Norfolk, Virginia  
February 28, 2012 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
  December 31, 2011 and 2010 
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts) 

63 

20112010Cash and cash equivalents26,697$            41,094$            Finance receivables, net926,734831,330Accounts receivable, net7,8628,932Income taxes receivable-2,363Property and equipment, net25,72724,270Goodwill61,67861,678Intangible assets, net14,59618,466Other assets7,8297,775Total assets1,071,123$       995,908$          Liabilities:Accounts payable7,439$             3,227$             Accrued expenses and other liabilities6,0764,904Income taxes payable13,109-Accrued payroll and bonuses16,03615,445Net deferred tax liability193,898164,971Line of credit220,000300,000Long-term debt1,2462,396Total liabilities457,804490,943Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)Redeemable noncontrolling interest17,83114,449Stockholders' equity:Preferred stock, par value $0.01, authorized shares, 2,000,issued and outstanding shares - 0--Common stock, par value $0.01, 60,000 authorized shares, 17,134 issuedand outstanding shares at December 31, 2011, and 30,000 authorized shares, 17,064 issued and outstanding shares at December 31, 2010171171Additional paid-in capital167,719163,538Retained earnings427,598326,807Total stockholders' equity595,488490,516Total liabilities and equity1,071,123$       995,908$          The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.AssetsLiabilities and Equity 
 
 
    
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Consolidated Income Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts) 

64 

201120102009Revenues:Income recognized on finance receivables, net401,895$         309,680$         215,612$         Fee income57,04063,02665,479Total revenues458,935372,706281,091Operating expenses:    Compensation and employee services138,202124,077106,388    Legal collection fees23,62117,59914,872    Legal collection costs38,65931,33016,462    Agent fees7,65312,01215,644    Outside fees and services19,31012,5549,570    Communications23,37217,22614,773    Rent and occupancy5,8915,3134,761    Depreciation and amortization12,94312,4379,213    Other operating expenses12,41610,2968,799Total operating expenses282,067242,844200,482    Gain on sale of property1,157--Income from operations178,025129,86280,609Other income and (expense):Interest income7653Interest expense(10,569)(9,052)(7,909)Income before income taxes167,463120,87572,703Provision for income taxes66,31947,00428,397Net income101,144$         73,871$           44,306$           Less net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest(353)(417)-Net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.100,791$         73,454$           44,306$           Net income per common share attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc:Basic5.89$             4.37$             2.87$             Diluted5.85$             4.35$             2.87$             Weighted average number of shares outstanding:Basic17,11016,82015,420Diluted17,23016,88515,454The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income 
For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 
(Amounts in thousands) 

65 

AdditionalAccumulated OtherTotalPaid-inRetainedComprehensive IncomeStockholders'SharesAmountCapitalEarnings(Loss), Net of TaxesEquityBalance at December 31, 200815,286        153$          74,574$        209,047$          89$                                    283,863$                Net income-            --44,306-44,306Net unrealized change in:Interest rate swap derivative, net of tax-            ---(517)(517)Comprehensive income43,789Exercise of stock options and vesting of nonvested shares198            21,913--1,915Issuance of common stock for acquisition30              -1,170--1,170Amortization of share-based compensation-            -3,820--3,820Income tax benefit from share-based compensation-            -923--923Balance at December 31, 200915,514        155$          82,400$        253,353$          (428)$                                 335,480$                Net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.-            --73,454-73,454Net unrealized change in:Interest rate swap derivative, net of tax-            ---428428Comprehensive income73,882Exercise of stock options and vesting of nonvested shares38              255--57Proceeds from stock offering, net of offering costs1,438         1471,674--71,688Amortization of share-based compensation-            -4,203--4,203Income tax benefit from share-based compensation-            -256--256Issuance of common stock for acquisition74              -4,950--4,950Balance at December 31, 201017,064        171$          163,538$       326,807$          -$                                   490,516$                Net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.-            --100,791-100,791Exercise of stock options and vesting of nonvested shares70              -150--150Amortization of share-based compensation-            -7,759--7,759Income tax benefit from share-based compensation-            -641--641Employee stock relinquished for payment of taxes-            -(257)--(257)Adjustment of the noncontrolling interest measurement amount-            -(4,112)--(4,112)Balance at December 31, 201117,134        171$          167,719$       427,598$          -$                                   595,488$                The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.Common Stock  
 
 
  
  
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 
(Amounts in thousands)    

66 

201120102009Cash flows from operating activities:  Net income101,144$            73,871$              44,306$                Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash        provided by operating activities:    Amortization of share-based compensation7,7594,2033,820    Depreciation and amortization12,94312,4379,213    Deferred tax expense28,92747,49328,927    Gain on sale of property(1,157)--    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:      Other assets(54)1,204(1,862)      Accounts receivable1,070237(891)      Accounts payable4,212(881)670      Income taxes15,4722,097(873)      Accrued expenses2,118(892)192      Accrued payroll and bonuses5913,8121,783Net cash provided by operating activities173,025143,58185,285Cash flows from investing activities:Purchases of property and equipment(9,634)(9,546)(4,521)Proceeds from sale of property1,267--Acquisition of finance receivables, net of buybacks(398,999)(357,530)(282,023)Collections applied to principal on finance receivables303,595219,662152,391Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired(985)(23,000)-Contingent payment made for business acquisition-(117)(100)Net cash used in investing activities(104,756)(170,531)(134,253)Cash flows from financing activities:Proceeds from exercise of options150571,915Income tax benefit from share-based compensation641256923Payment of liability-classified contingent consideration-(2,000)-Proceeds from line of credit32,000177,500123,500Principal payments on line of credit(112,000)(196,800)(72,500)Payments of line of credit origination costs and fees-(3,819)-Proceeds from stock offering, net of offering costs-71,688-Distributions paid to noncontrolling interest(2,307)--Proceeds from long-term debt-1,5692,036Principal payments on long-term debt(1,150)(672)(537)Principal payments on capital lease obligations--(5)Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities(82,666)47,77955,332Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents(14,397)20,8296,364Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year41,09420,26513,901Cash and cash equivalents, end of year26,697$              41,094$              20,265$              Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:Cash paid for interest10,280$              9,398$                8,004$                Cash paid for income taxes23,641107365Noncash investing and financing activities:Adjustment of the noncontrolling interest measurement amount(4,112)$               -$                        -$                        Common stock issued for acquisition-4,9501,170Net unrealized change in fair value of derivative instrument-701(790)Distributions payable relating to noncontrolling interest671,291-Employee stock relinquished for payment of taxes(257)--The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 
 
   
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

1. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: 

Nature  of  operations:   Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation,  and  its  subsidiaries 
(collectively,  the  ―Company‖)  are  a  specialized  financial  and  business  service  company.   The  Company’s  primary 
business is the purchase, collection and management of portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables.  The Company 
also  provides  fee-based  services,  including  vehicle  location,  skip  tracing  and  collateral  recovery  services  for  auto 
lenders, governments and law enforcement via PRA Location Services, LLC (―PLS‖), revenue administration, audit 
and debt discovery/recovery services for local governmental entities through PRA Government Services, LLC and 
MuniServices,  LLC  (collectively  ―PRA  GS‖)  and  class  action  claims  recovery  services  and  related  payment 
processing via Claims Compensation Bureau, LLC (―CCB‖). 

Basis of presentation:  The consolidated financial statements of the Company are prepared in accordance with 
U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and  include  the  accounts  of  all  of  its  subsidiaries.   All  significant 
intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated.   Under  the  guidance  of  the  Financial  Accounting 
Standards  Board  (―FASB‖)  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (―ASC‖)  Topic  280  ―Segment  Reporting‖  (―ASC 
280‖), the Company has determined that it has several operating segments that meet the aggregation criteria of ASC 
280, and therefore, it has one reportable segment, accounts receivable management, based on similarities among the 
operating units including homogeneity of services, service delivery methods and use of technology. 

Cash  and  cash  equivalents:    The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  a  maturity  of  three 
months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.  Included in cash and cash equivalents are funds held on the 
behalf of others arising from the collection of accounts placed with the Company.  The balance of the funds held on 
behalf  of  others  was  $1.5  million  at  both  December  31,  2011  and  2010.      There  is  an  offsetting  liability  that  is 
included in ―Accounts payable‖ on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. 

Other assets:  Other assets consist mainly of prepaid expenses and deposits, line of credit origination costs and 

fees and capitalizable internal use software development costs on projects that are in the development stage.  

Concentrations of credit risk:  Financial instruments, which potentially expose the Company to concentrations 
of credit risk, consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and investments.  The Company places its cash and cash 
equivalents and investments with high quality financial institutions.  At times, cash balances may be in excess of the 
amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  

Finance  receivables  and  income  recognition:  The  Company  acquires  portfolios  of  accounts  that  have 
experienced deterioration of credit quality between origination and the Company’s acquisition of the accounts. The 
amount paid for any portfolio reflects the Company’s determination that it is probable the Company will be unable to 
collect  all  amounts  due  according  to  an  account’s  contractual  terms.  At  acquisition,  the  Company  reviews  the 
accounts  to  determine  whether  there  is  evidence  of  deterioration  of  credit  quality  since  origination,  and  if  it  is 
probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the loan’s contractual terms.  If 
both conditions exist, the Company then determines whether each such account is to be accounted for individually or 
whether such accounts will be assembled into pools based on common risk characteristics. The Company considers 
expected  prepayments  and  estimates  the  amount  and  timing  of undiscounted expected principal, interest and other 
cash  flows  (expected  at  acquisition)  for  each  acquired  portfolio  based  on  the  Company’s  proprietary  acquisition 
models, and subsequently aggregates portfolios of accounts into pools. The Company determines the excess of the 
pool’s scheduled contractual principal and contractual interest payments over all cash flows expected at acquisition 
as an amount that should not be accreted (nonaccretable difference). The remaining amount, representing the excess 
of  the  pool’s  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  over  the  amount  paid,  is  accreted  into  income  recognized  on 
finance receivables over the estimated remaining life of the pool (accretable yield). 

The  Company  accounts  for  its  investment  in  finance  receivables  under  the  guidance  of  ASC  Topic  310-30, 
―Loans  and  Debt  Securities  Acquired  with  Deteriorated  Credit  Quality‖  (―ASC  310-30‖).   The Company  acquires 
portfolios of accounts that have experienced deterioration of credit quality between origination and the Company’s 
acquisition of the accounts. The amount paid for a portfolio reflects the Company’s determination that it is probable 
the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to  an account’s contractual terms. At acquisition, 
the  Company  reviews  the  accounts  to  determine  whether  there  is  evidence  of  deterioration  of  credit  quality  since 
origination, and if it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the loan’s 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

contractual  terms.    If  both  conditions  exist,  the  Company  then  determines  whether  each  such  account  is  to  be 
accounted  for  individually  or  whether  such  accounts  will  be  assembled  into  pools  based  on  common  risk 
characteristics. The Company considers expected prepayments and estimates the amount and timing of undiscounted 
expected principal, interest and other cash flows  (expected at acquisition) for each acquired portfolio based on the 
Company’s  proprietary  models,  and  the  Company  subsequently  aggregates  portfolios  of  accounts  into  pools.  The 
Company determines the excess of the pool’s scheduled contractual principal and contractual interest payments over 
all  cash  flows  expected  at  acquisition  as  an  amount  that  should  not  be  accreted  (nonaccretable  difference).  The 
remaining  amount,  representing  the  excess  of  the  account’s  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  over  the  amount 
paid, is accreted into income recognized on finance receivables over the remaining estimated life of the account or 
pool (accretable yield). 

Under  ASC  310-30  static  pools  of  accounts  may  be  established.  These  pools  are aggregated based on certain 
common risk criteria. Each static pool is recorded at cost, which includes certain direct costs of acquisition paid to 
third parties, and is accounted for as a single unit for the recognition of income, payments applied to principal and 
loss provision. Once a static pool is established for a calendar quarter, individual receivable accounts are not added 
to the pool (unless replaced by the seller) or removed from the pool (unless sold or returned to the seller). ASC 310-
30 requires that the excess of the contractual cash flows over expected cash flows, based on the Company’s estimates 
derived from its proprietary collection models, not be recognized as an adjustment of revenue or expense or on the 
balance sheet. ASC 310-30, utilizing the interest method, initially freezes the yield, estimated when the accounts are 
purchased as the basis for subsequent impairment testing. Significant increases in expected future cash flows may be 
recognized prospectively, through an upward adjustment of the yield, over a  pool’s remaining life. Any increase to 
the  yield  then  becomes  the  new  benchmark  for  impairment  testing.  Under  ASC  310-30,  rather  than  lowering  the 
estimated yield if the collection estimates are not received or projected to be received, the carrying value of a pool 
would be written down to maintain the then current yield and is shown as a reduction in revenue in the consolidated 
income statements with a corresponding valuation allowance offsetting finance receivables, net, on the consolidated 
balance  sheets.  Income  on  finance  receivables  is  accrued  quarterly  based  on  each  static  pool’s  effective  yield. 
Quarterly cash flows greater than the interest accrual will reduce the carrying value of the static pool. This reduction 
in carrying value is defined as payments applied to principal (also referred to as  principal amortization). Likewise, 
cash flows that are less than the interest accrual will accrete the carrying balance. Generally, the Company does not 
record accretion in the first six to twelve months of the estimated life of the pool; accordingly, the Company utilizes 
either the cost recovery method or cash method when necessary to prevent accretion as permitted by ASC 310-30. 
The yield is estimated and periodically recalculated based on the timing and amount of anticipated cash flows using 
the  Company’s  proprietary  collection  models.  A  pool  can  become  fully  amortized  (zero  carrying  balance  on  the 
balance  sheet)  while  still  generating  cash  collections.  In  this  case,  all  cash  collections  are  recognized  as  revenue 
when  received.  Under  the  cash  method,  revenue  is  recognized  as  it  would  be  under  the  interest  method  up  to  the 
amount  of  cash  collections.  Additionally,  the  Company  uses  the  cost  recovery  method  when  collections  on  a 
particular pool of accounts cannot be reasonably predicted. These cost recovery pools are not aggregated with other 
pools. Under the cost recovery method, no revenue is recognized until the Company has fully collected the cost of 
the pool, or until such time that the Company considers the collections to be probable and estimable and begins to 
recognize income based on the interest method as described above.  At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company 
had unamortized purchased principal (purchase price) in pools accounted for under the cost recovery method of $7.4 
million and $1.6 million, respectively. 

The Company establishes valuation allowances for all acquired accounts subject to ASC 310-30 to reflect only 
those losses incurred after acquisition (that is, the present value of cash flows initially expected at acquisition that are 
no  longer  expected  to  be  collected).  Valuation  allowances  are  established  only  subsequent  to  acquisition  of  the 
accounts.    

The Company implements the accounting for income recognized on finance receivables under ASC 310-30 as 
follows.  The  Company  creates  each  accounting  pool  using  its  projections  of  estimated  cash  flows  and  expected 
economic  life.    The  Company  then  computes  the  effective  yield  that  fully  amortizes  the  pool  to  the  end  of  its 
expected  economic  life  based  on  the  current  projections  of  estimated  cash  flows.  As  actual  cash  flow  results  are 
recorded, the Company balances those results to the data contained in its proprietary models to ensure accuracy, then 
reviews each pool watching for trends, actual performance versus projections and curve shape (a graphical depiction 
of the timing of cash flows), sometimes re-forecasting future cash flows utilizing the Company’s statistical models. 
The review process is primarily performed by the Company’s finance staff; however, the Company’s operational and 
statistical  staffs  may  also  be  involved  depending  upon  actual  cash  flow  results  achieved.  To  the  extent  there  is 

68 

 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

overperformance, the Company will either increase the yield or release the allowance and consider increasing future 
cash  projections,  if  persuasive  evidence  indicates  that  the  overperformance  is  considered  to  be  a  significant 
betterment.  If  the  overperformance  is  considered  more  of  an  acceleration  of  cash  flows  (a  timing  difference),  the 
Company  will  adjust  estimated  future  cash  flows  downward  which  effectively  extends  the  amortization  period,  or 
take  no action at all if the amortization period is reasonable and falls within the pools’ expected economic life. In 
either case, yield may or may not be increased due to the time value of money (accelerated cash collections). To the 
extent there is underperformance, the Company will record an allowance if the underperformance is significant and 
will also consider revising estimated future cash flows based on current period information, or take no action if the 
pool’s amortization period is reasonable and falls within the currently projected economic life. 

The  Company  capitalizes  certain  fees  paid  to  third  parties  related  to  the  direct  acquisition  of  a  portfolio  of 
accounts.  These fees are added to the acquisition cost of the portfolio and accordingly are amortized over the life of 
the portfolio using the interest method. 

The agreements to purchase the aforementioned receivables include general representations and warranties from 
the  sellers  covering  account  holder  death  or  bankruptcy  and  accounts  settled  or  disputed  prior  to  sale.    The 
representation and warranty period permitting the return of these accounts from the Company to the seller is typically 
90 to 180 days.  Any funds received from the seller of finance receivables as a return of purchase price are referred 
to as buybacks.  Buyback funds are applied against the finance receivable balance received and are not included in 
the Company’s cash collections from operations.  In some cases, the seller will replace the returned accounts with 
new accounts in lieu of returning the purchase price.  In that case, the old account is removed from the pool and the 
new account is added. 

Fee  income  recognition:    The  Company  utilizes  the  provisions  of  ASC  Topic  605-45,  ―Principal  Agent 
Considerations‖ (―ASC 605-45‖), to account for fee income revenue from its fee-for-service subsidiaries.  ASC 605-
45 requires an analysis to be completed to determine if certain revenues should be reported gross or reported net of 
their related operating expense.  This analysis includes an assessment of who retains inventory/credit risk, controls 
vendor selection, establishes pricing and remains the primary obligor on the transaction.   Each of these factors was 
considered to determine the correct method of recognizing revenue from our subsidiaries.   

The Company’s skip tracing subsidiary utilizes both gross and net reporting under ASC 605-45.  The subsidiary 
generates revenue by working an account and successfully locating a customer for its client. An ―investigative fee‖ is 
received for these services.  In addition, the subsidiary incurs ―agent expenses‖ where it hires a third-party collector 
to  effectuate  repossession.  In  many  cases  the  subsidiary  has  an  arrangement  with  its  client  which  allows  the 
subsidiary to bill the client for these fees.  The Company has determined these fees to be gross revenue based on the 
criteria  in  ASC  605-45  and  they  are  recorded  as  such  in  the  line  item  ―Fee  income,‖  because  the  subsidiary  is 
primarily liable to the third party collector.  There is a corresponding expense in ―Agent fees‖ for these pass-through 
items.    The  subsidiary  also  incurs  fees  to  release  liens  on  the  repossessed  collateral.    These  lien-release  fees  are 
netted in the line ―Agent fees.‖ 

The  Company’s  government  processing  and  collection  business’  primary  source  of  income  is  derived  from 
servicing taxing authorities in several different ways: processing all of their tax payments and tax forms, collecting 
delinquent taxes, identifying taxes that are not being paid and auditing tax payments.  The processing and collection 
pieces are standard commission based billings or fee-for-service transactions.  When an audit is conducted, there are 
two components. The first component is a billing for the hours incurred to conduct the audit.  This billing is marked 
up from the actual costs incurred.  The gross billing is a component of the line item ―Fee income‖ and the expense is 
included in the line item ―Compensation and employee services.‖  The second component is expenses incurred while 
conducting  the  audit.    Most  jurisdictions  will  reimburse  the  business  for  direct  expenses  incurred  for  the  audit 
including  such  items  as  travel  and  meals.    The  billed amounts are included in the line item ―Fee  income‖ and the 
expense component is included in its appropriate expense category, generally, ―Other operating expenses.‖  

The Company’s claims administration and payment processing subsidiary utilizes net reporting under ASC 605-
45.    It  generates  revenue  by  filing  claims  with  the  class  action  claims  administrator  on  behalf  of  its  clients  and 
receiving the related settlement payment.  Under SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin 104 (―SAB 104‖), the Company has 
determined  that  the  fee  is  not  earned  until  the  subsidiary  has  received  the  settlement  funds.    When  a  payment  is 
received from the claims administrator for settlement of a lawsuit, the fee is recorded on a net basis as revenue and 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

included in the line item ―Fee income.‖  The balance of the received amounts is recorded as a liability and included 
in the line item ―Accounts payable.‖ 

Property  and  equipment:    Property  and  equipment,  including  improvements  that  significantly  add  to  the 
productive capacity or extend useful life, are recorded at cost, while maintenance and repairs are expensed currently.  
Property  and  equipment  are  depreciated  over  their  useful  lives  using  the  straight-line  method  of  depreciation. 
Software and computer equipment are amortized or depreciated over three to five years.  Furniture and fixtures are 
depreciated  over  five  years.    Equipment  is  depreciated  over  five  to  seven  years.    Leasehold  improvements  are 
depreciated  over  the  lesser  of  the  useful  life,  which  ranges  from  three  to  ten  years,  or  the  remaining  term  of  the 
leased  property.   Building  improvements  are  depreciated  over  ten  to  thirty-nine  years.    When  property  is  sold  or 
retired,  the  cost  and  related  accumulated  depreciation  are  removed  from  the  balance  sheet  and  any  gain  or loss is 
included in the income statement. 

Goodwill  and  intangible  assets:   In  accordance  with  ASC  Topic  350,  ―Intangibles—Goodwill  and  Other‖ 
(―ASC 350‖), the Company amortizes intangible assets over their estimated useful lives.  Goodwill, pursuant to ASC 
350, is not amortized but rather is reviewed for impairment annually or earlier if indicators of potential impairment 
exist.  The  review  of  goodwill  for  potential  impairment  is  highly  subjective  and  requires  that:  (1) goodwill  is 
allocated to various reporting units of the Company’s business to which it relates; and (2) the Company estimate the 
fair value of those reporting units to which the goodwill relates and then determine the book value of those reporting 
units.  If the estimated fair value of reporting units with allocated goodwill is determined to be less than their book 
value,  the Company is  required to estimate the fair value of all identifiable assets and liabilities of those reporting 
units in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation for an acquired business. This requires independent valuation 
of  certain  unrecognized  assets.  Once  this  process  is  complete,  the  amount  of  goodwill  impairment,  if  any,  can  be 
determined.  See Note 6 for additional disclosure. 

Noncontrolling  interest: 

  The  Company  applies  the  provisions  of  FASB  ASC  Topic  480-10-S99 
―Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity‖ (―ASC 480-10-S99‖), which provides guidance on the accounting for equity 
securities that are subject to mandatory redemption requirements or whose redemption is outside the control of the 
issuer.  The noncontrolling interest ―put‖ arrangement is accounted for under ASC 480-10-S99, as redemption under 
the  ―put‖  arrangement  is  outside  the  control  of  the  Company.    As  such,  the  redeemable  noncontrolling  interest  is 
recorded  outside  of  ―permanent‖  equity.    The  Company  measures  the  redeemable  noncontrolling  interest  at  the 
greater of its ASC 480-10-S99 measurement amount (estimated redemption value of the ―put‖ option embedded in 
the noncontrolling interest) or its measurement amount under the guidance of ASC 810.  The ASC 810 measurement 
amount  includes  adjustments  for  the  noncontrolling  interest’s  pro-rata  share  of  earnings,  losses  and  distributions.   
Adjustments to the measurement amount are recorded to stockholders’ equity.  The Company used a present value 
calculation to estimate the redemption value of the ―put‖ option as of the reporting date.   If material, the Company 
adjusts  the  numerator  of  earnings  per  share  calculations  for  the  current  period  change  in  the  excess  of  the 
noncontrolling  interest’s  ASC  480-10-S99  measurement  amount  over  the  greater  of  its  ASC  810  measurement 
amount or the estimated fair value of the noncontrolling interest.   

Income taxes:  The Company follows  the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 740 ―Income Taxes‖ (―ASC 740‖) as 
it relates to the provision for income taxes and uncertainty in income taxes. Accordingly, the Company records a tax 
provision for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations. In accordance with ASC 740, the 
provision  for  income  taxes  is  computed  using  the  asset  and  liability  method,  under  which  deferred  tax  assets  and 
liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  expected  future  tax  consequences  of  temporary  differences  between  the  financial 
reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards. Deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the 
years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled. The evaluation of a tax position in accordance 
with the guidance is a two-step process. The first step is recognition: the enterprise determines whether it is more-
likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or 
litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. In evaluating whether a tax position has met the 
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the enterprise should presume that the position will be examined by the 
appropriate  taxing  authority  that  would  have  full  knowledge  of  all  relevant  information.  The  second  step  is 
measurement: a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine the 
amount  of  benefit  to  recognize  in  the  financial  statements.  The  tax  position  is  measured  as  the  largest  amount  of 
benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  Tax positions that previously 
failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent financial 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

reporting period in which that threshold is met.  Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-
likely-than-not  recognition  threshold  should  be  derecognized  in  the  first  subsequent  financial  reporting  period  in 
which  that  threshold  is  no  longer  met.    The  Company  records  interest  and  penalties  related  to  unrecognized  tax 
benefits as a component of income tax expense. 

The Company utilizes the cost recovery method of income recognition for tax purposes. The Company believes 
cost  recovery  to  be  an  acceptable  method  for  companies  in  the  bad  debt  purchasing  industry,  as  under  the  cost 
recovery  method,  for  tax  purposes,  collections  on  finance  receivables  are  applied  first  to  principal  to  reduce  the 
finance receivables to zero before any income is recognized. 

In the event that all or part of the deferred tax assets are determined not to be realizable in the future, a valuation 
allowance would be established and charged to earnings in the period such determination is made. Similarly, if  the 
Company subsequently realizes deferred tax assets that were previously determined to be unrealizable, the respective 
valuation allowance would be reversed, resulting in a positive adjustment to earnings or a decrease in goodwill in the 
period  such  determination  is  made.    In  addition,  the  calculation  of  tax  liabilities  involves  significant  judgment  in 
estimating the impact of uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws. Resolution of these uncertainties in a 
manner  inconsistent  with  our  expectations  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our  results  of  operations and financial 
position. 

Advertising costs:  Advertising costs are expensed when incurred. 

Operating leases:  General abatements or prepaid leasing costs are recognized on a straight-line basis over the 
life of the lease.  In addition, future minimum lease payments (including the impact of rent escalations) are expensed 
on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  life  of  the  lease.    Material  leasehold  improvements  are  capitalized  and  amortized 
over the remaining life of the lease. 

Share-based  compensation:   The  Company  accounts  for  share-based  compensation  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  FASB  ASC  Topic  718  ―Compensation-Stock  Compensation‖  (―ASC  718‖).    ASC  718  requires  that 
compensation  expense  associated  with  stock  options  and  nonvested  share  awards  be  recognized  in  the  income 
statement.    Based  on  historical  experience,  the  Company  assumes  a  forfeiture  rate  for  most  option  and  nonvested 
share  grants.    Most  options  and  nonvested  share  awards  generally  vest  between one and five years from the grant 
date and are expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.  See Note 12 for additional disclosure. 

Use of estimates:    The preparation of  the consolidated  financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally 
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported 
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  consolidated 
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results 
could differ from those estimates.  Significant estimates have been made by management with respect to the timing 
and amount of future cash collections of the Company’s finance receivables portfolios.  Actual results could differ 
from these estimates making it reasonably possible that a change in these estimates could occur within one year.  On 
a quarterly basis, management reviews the estimates of future cash collections, and whether it is reasonably possible 
that its assessments of collectibility may change based on actual results and other factors. 

Estimated fair value of financial instruments:  The Company applies the provision of FASB ASC Topic 820 
―Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures‖ (―ASC 820‖).  ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be 
received  to  sell  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the 
measurement date.  ASC 820 also requires the consideration of differing levels of inputs in the determination of fair 
values.    Based  upon  the  fact  there  are  no  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  or  other  observable  market  data,  the 
Company  used  unobservable  inputs  for  computation  of  the  fair  value  of  finance  receivables,  net  for  disclosure 
purposes.  Disclosure of the estimated fair values of financial instruments often requires the use of estimates.  See 
Note 11 for additional disclosure.  

Recent  Accounting  Pronouncements:  In  December 2010,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2010-28,  ―Intangibles—
Goodwill and Other‖ (Topic 350): ―When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units 
with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (Issue No. 10-A)‖. 
ASU 2010-28 modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test under ASC Topic 350 for reporting units with zero or 
negative carrying amounts to require an entity to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely 

71 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

than  not  that  a  goodwill  impairment  exists.  In  determining  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  a  goodwill 
impairment  exists,  an  entity  should  consider  whether  there  are  adverse  qualitative  factors,  including  the  examples 
provided  in  ASC  paragraph  350-20-35-30,  in  determining  whether  an  interim  goodwill  impairment  test  between 
annual test dates is necessary. ASU 2010-28 allows an entity to use either the equity or enterprise valuation premise 
to  determine  the  carrying  amount  of  a  reporting  unit,  and  is  effective  for  fiscal  years,  and  interim  periods  within 
those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. The Company adopted ASU 2010-28 on January 1, 2011 which had 
no material effect on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  May 2011,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No. 2011-04,  ―Fair  Value  Measurement  (Topic  820):  Amendments  to 
Achieve  Common  Fair  Value  Measurement  and  Disclosure  Requirements  in  U.S.  GAAP  and  IFRS‖.    The 
amendments  in  ASU  2011-04  generally  represent  clarification  of  Topic  820,  but  also  include  instances  where  a 
particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or disclosing information about fair value measurements 
has changed.  This update results in common principles and requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing 
information  about  fair  value  measurements  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP  and  International  Financial  Reporting 
Standards  (―IFRS‖).    The  provisions  of  ASU  2011-04  are  effective  prospectively  for  interim  and  annual  periods 
beginning after December 15, 2011.  Early adoption is prohibited.  The Company does not expect ASU 2011-04 to 
have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements. 

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, ―Comprehensive Income‖ (Topic 220) to amend its accounting 
guidance  on  the  presentation  of  other  comprehensive  income  (―OCI‖)  in  an  entity’s  financial  statements.   The 
amended  guidance  eliminates  the  option  to  present  the  components  of  OCI  as  part  of  the  statement  of  changes  in 
shareholders’ equity and provides two options for presenting OCI: in a statement included in the income statement or 
in a separate statement immediately following the income statement.  The amendments do not change the guidance 
for the items that have to be reported in OCI or when an item of OCI has to be moved into net income.  For public 
entities,  the  amendments  are  effective  for  fiscal  years,  and  interim  periods  within  those  years,  beginning  after 
December 15,  2011.   The  Company  is  currently  evaluating  which  option  it  will  utilize  to  present  comprehensive 
income, neither of which is expected to have a material effect on the Company. 

In  September  2011,  the  FASB issued ASU 2011-08, ―Intangibles-Goodwill and Other‖ (Topic 350): ―Testing 
Goodwill for Impairment‖ to amend the accounting guidance on goodwill impairment testing. The amended guidance 
reduces  the  complexity  and  costs  of  goodwill  impairment  testing  by  allowing  an  entity  the  option  to  make  a 
qualitative evaluation about the likelihood of goodwill impairment to determine whether it should calculate the fair 
value of a reporting unit. The amended guidance also improves previous guidance by expanding upon the examples 
of events and circumstances that an entity should consider between annual impairment tests in determining whether it 
is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The amendments are 
effective for interim and annual goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 
2011. Early adoption is permitted.  The Company is currently evaluating the impacts of adopting ASU 2011-08 on 
its consolidated financial statements. 

2. 

Finance Receivables, net: 

Changes in finance receivables, net for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, were as follows (amounts 

in thousands): 

72 

20112010Balance at beginning of year831,330$                       693,462$                       Acquisitions of finance receivables, net of buybacks398,999357,530Cash collections(705,490)(529,342)Income recognized on finance receivables, net401,895309,680Cash collections applied to principal(303,595)(219,662)Balance at end of year926,734$                       831,330$                        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

At the time of acquisition, the life of each pool is generally estimated to be between 60 to 96 months based on 
projected amounts and timing of future cash collections using the proprietary models of the Company.  Based upon 
current projections, cash collections applied to principal are estimated to be as follows for the following years ending 
December 31, (amounts in thousands):  

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company purchased approximately $9.8 billion and 
$6.8 billion, respectively, in face value of charged-off consumer receivables.  At December 31, 2011, the estimated 
remaining collections (―ERC‖) on the receivables purchased  during  the years ended December 31,  2011 and 2010 
were $739.0 million and $500.5 million, respectively.  There were no sales of finance receivables during the years 
ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. 

The  Company  capitalizes  certain  fees  paid  to  third  parties  related  to  the  direct  acquisition  of  a  portfolio  of 
accounts.  These fees are added to the acquisition cost of the portfolio and accordingly are amortized over the life of 
the portfolio using the interest method.  The balance of the unamortized capitalized fees at December 31, 2011 and 
2010 was $3.1 million and $3.3 million, respectively.  During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 
the Company capitalized $1.1 million, $1.1 million  and $1.0 million, respectively, of these direct acquisition fees.  
During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 the Company amortized $1.3 million, $1.0 million and 
$0.8 million, respectively, of these direct acquisition fees. 

Accretable yield represents the amount of income recognized on finance receivables the Company can expect to 
generate over the remaining life of its existing portfolios based on estimated future cash flows as of the balance sheet 
date.   Additions  represent  the  original  expected  accretable  yield  to  be  earned  by  the  Company  based  on  its 
proprietary buying models.  Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield primarily result from 
the  Company’s  increase  in  its  estimate  of  future  cash  flows.  Reclassifications  to  nonaccretable  difference  from 
accretable yield result from the Company’s decrease in its estimates of future cash flows and allowance charges that 
exceed the Company’s increase in its estimate of future cash flows.  Changes in accretable yield for the years ended 
December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows (amounts in thousands): 

A valuation allowance is recorded for significant decreases in expected cash flows or change in timing of cash 
flows which would otherwise require a reduction in the stated yield on a pool of accounts.    In any given period, the 
Company may be required to record valuation allowances due to pools of receivables underperforming expectations.  
Factors  that may contribute to the  recording of valuation allowances may include both internal as well as external 
factors.  External factors which may have an impact on the collectability, and subsequently to the overall profitability 
of purchased pools of defaulted consumer receivables would include: new laws or regulations relating to collections, 

73 

2012287,405$                      2013260,9922014205,0052015122,607201643,60220177,123926,734$                      20112010Balance at beginning of year892,188$                       721,984$                       Income recognized on finance receivables, net(401,895)(309,680)Additions443,169403,252Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference93,15276,632Balance at end of year1,026,614$                    892,188$                        
 
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

new interpretations of existing laws or regulations, and the overall condition of the economy.  Internal factors which 
may have an impact on the collectability, and subsequently the overall profitability of purchased pools of defaulted 
consumer  receivables  would  include:    necessary  revisions  to  initial  and  post-acquisition  scoring  and  modeling 
estimates,  non-optimal operational activities (which relate to the collection and movement of accounts on both the 
collection floor of the Company and external channels), as well as decreases in productivity related to turnover and 
tenure  of  the  Company’s  collection  staff.  The  following  is  a  summary  of  activity  within  the  Company's  valuation 
allowance  account,  all  of  which  relates  to  loans  acquired  with  deteriorated  credit  quality,  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (amounts in thousands): 

74 

Core PortfolioTotalValuation allowance - finance receivables:Beginnning balance70,030$                          6,377$                            76,407$                          Allowance charges9,6504,05113,701Reversal of previous recorded allowance charges(3,100)(437)(3,537)Net allowance charge6,5503,61410,164Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality76,580$                          9,991$                            86,571$                          Finance receivables, net:Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality454,161$                        472,573$                        926,734$                        2011Purchased Bankruptcy PortfolioCore PortfolioTotalValuation allowance - finance receivables:Beginnning balance47,580$                          3,675$                            51,255$                          Allowance charges23,3502,97526,325Reversal of previous recorded allowance charges(900)(273)(1,173)Net allowance charge22,4502,70225,152Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality70,030$                          6,377$                            76,407$                          Finance receivables, net:Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality411,437$                        419,893$                        831,330$                        2010Purchased Bankruptcy PortfolioCore PortfolioTotalValuation allowance - finance receivables:Beginnning balance20,485$                          3,135$                            23,620$                          Allowance charges28,14562028,765Reversal of previous recorded allowance charges(1,050)(80)(1,130)Net allowance charge27,09554027,635Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality47,580$                          3,675$                            51,255$                          Finance receivables, net:Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality403,432$                        290,030$                        693,462$                        Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio2009 
  
    
  
 
 
 
          
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

3. 

Accounts Receivable, net: 

Accounts  receivable  are  recorded  at  the  invoiced  amount  and  do  not  bear  interest.  Amounts  collected  on 
accounts receivable are included in net cash provided by operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash 
flows.  The  Company  maintains  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  for  estimated  losses  inherent  in  its  accounts 
receivable portfolio. In establishing the required allowance, management considers historical losses adjusted to take 
into account current market conditions and its customers’ financial condition, the amount of receivables in dispute, 
the  current  receivables  aging,  and  current  payment  patterns.  The  Company  reviews  its  allowance  for  doubtful 
accounts monthly.  Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been 
exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The balance of the allowance for doubtful accounts at 
December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $2.1 million and $2.5 million, respectively.  The Company does not have any off 
balance sheet credit exposure related to its customers. 

4.  Operating Leases: 

The Company leases office space and equipment under operating leases.  Rental expense was $4.7 million, $4.3 

million and $3.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

Future minimum lease payments for operating leases at December 31, 2011, are as follows for the years ending 

December 31, (amounts in thousands): 

5. 

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest: 

In  accordance  with  ASC  810,  the  Company  has  consolidated  all  financial  statement  accounts  of  CCB  in  its 
consolidated  balance  sheets  at  December  31,  2011  and  2010  and  its  consolidated  income  statements  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2011 and for the period  from March 15, 2010 through December 31,  2010.  The redeemable 
noncontrolling interest amount is separately stated on the consolidated balance sheets and represents the 38% interest 
in  CCB  not  owned  by  the  Company.    In  addition,  net  income  attributable  to  the  noncontrolling  interest  is  stated 
separately in the consolidated income statements for 2011 and 2010. 

The  Company  has  the  right  through  February  28,  2015  to  purchase  the  remaining  38%  of  CCB  at  certain 
multiples  of  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization  (―EBITDA‖).    In  addition,  beginning 
March 1, 2012 and ending February 28, 2018, the noncontrolling interest can require the Company to purchase its 
membership units in CCB at pre-defined multiples of EBITDA. 

The estimated redemption value of the noncontrolling interest, as if it were currently redeemable by the holder 

of the put option under the terms of the put arrangement, was $22.8 million at December 31, 2011. 

75 

20124,452$              20134,31320144,08920153,88620163,010Thereafter4,192Total future minimum lease payments23,942$             
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The following table represents the changes in the redeemable noncontrolling interest for the period from March 

15, 2010 to December 31, 2011 (amounts in thousands): 

6.  Goodwill and Intangible Assets, net: 

In connection with the Company’s previous business acquisitions, the Company purchased certain tangible and 
intangible assets.  Intangible assets purchased included client and customer relationships, non-compete agreements, 
trademarks and goodwill. Pursuant to ASC 350, goodwill is not amortized but rather is reviewed at least annually for 
impairment.  During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company underwent its annual review of goodwill.  Based upon 
the  results  of  this  review,  which  was  conducted  as  of  October  1,  2011,  no  impairment  charges  to  goodwill  or  the 
other intangible assets were necessary as of the date of this review.  The Company believes that nothing has occurred 
since  the  review  was  performed  through  December  31,  2011  that  would  indicate  a  triggering  event  and  thereby 
necessitate an impairment charge to goodwill or the other intangible assets.  Accordingly, there were no impairment 
losses  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2011  and  2010  or  in  any  previous  year.    The  Company  expects  to 
perform  its  next  annual  goodwill  review during the fourth quarter of 2012.  At  December 31, 2011 and 2010, the 
carrying value of goodwill was $61.7 million.  The $32.4 million increase in the carrying value of goodwill during 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2010  mainly  relates  to  the  purchase  of  CCB  on  March  15,  2010,  and  additional 
contingent purchase price paid in stock in connection with the certain earn-out provisions contained in an acquisition 
agreement relating to a previous transaction.     

Intangible  assets,  excluding  goodwill,  consist  of  the  following  at  December  31,  2011  and  2010  (amounts  in 

thousands): 

In accordance with ASC 350, the Company is amortizing the intangible assets over the estimated useful lives.  
Total amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $4.9 million, $5.2 million 
and $2.7 million, respectively.  The Company reviews these intangible assets at least annually for impairment.   

76 

Acquisition date fair value of redeemable noncontrolling interest15,323$                  Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest417Distributions paid or payable(1,291)Redeemable noncontrolling interest at December 31, 201014,449Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest353Distributions paid or payable(1,083)Adjustment of the noncontrolling interest measurement amount4,112Redeemable noncontrolling interest at December 31, 201117,831$                  Gross AmountGross AmountClient and customer relationships30,777$                   17,950$                   29,823$                   13,573$                   Non-compete agreements3,1032,7713,0532,564Trademarks2,5001,0632,500773Total36,380$                   21,784$                   35,376$                   16,910$                   Accumulated AmortizationAccumulated Amortization20112010 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The future amortization of these intangible assets is estimated to be as follows as of December 31, 2011 for the 

following years ending December 31, (amounts in thousands): 

7. 

401(k) Retirement Plan: 

The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan.  Under the  plan, all employees over eighteen years of age 
are  eligible  to  make  voluntary  contributions  to  the  plan  up  to  100%  of  their  compensation,  subject  to  Internal 
Revenue Service (―IRS‖) limitations, after completing six months of service, as defined in the plan.  The Company 
makes  matching  contributions  of  up  to  4%  of  an  employee’s  salary.    Total  compensation  expense related to these 
contributions  was  $1.5  million,  $1.3  million  and  $1.1  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2011,  2010  and 
2009, respectively. 

8. 

Line of Credit: 

On  December  20,  2010,  the  Company  entered  into  a  credit  agreement  with  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  as 
administrative  agent,  and  a  syndicate  of  lenders  named  therein  (the  ―Credit  Agreement‖).    Under  the  terms  of  the 
Credit Agreement, the credit facility includes an aggregate principal amount available of $407.5 million (subject to 
the borrowing base and applicable debt covenants) which consists of a $50 million fixed rate loan that matures on 
May  4,  2012,  which  was  transferred  from  the  Company’s  then  existing  credit  agreement,  and  a  $357.5  million 
revolving  credit  facility  that  matures  on  December  20,  2014.    The  revolving  credit  facility  will  be  automatically 
increased by $50 million upon the maturity and repayment of the fixed rate loan.  The fixed rate loan bears interest at 
a  rate  of  6.8%  per  annum,  payable  monthly  in  arrears.  The  revolving  loans  accrue  interest,  at  the  option  of  the 
Company, at either the base rate plus 1.75% per annum or the Eurodollar rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) 
for the applicable term plus 2.75% per annum.  The base rate is the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, 
(b)  Bank  of  America’s  prime  rate,  and  (c)  the  Eurodollar  rate  plus  1.00%.    Interest  is  payable  on  base  rate  loans 
quarterly  in  arrears  and  on  Eurodollar  loans  in  arrears  on  the  last  day  of  each  interest  period  or,  if  such  interest 
period  exceeds  three  months,  every  three  months.  The  Company’s  revolving  credit  facility  includes  a  $20  million 
swingline  loan  sublimit  and  a  $20  million  letter  of  credit  sublimit.  It also contains an accordion loan feature that 
allows the Company to request an increase of up to $142.5 million in the amount available for borrowing under the 
revolving  credit  facility,  whether  from  existing  or  new  lenders,  subject  to  terms  of  the  Credit  Agreement.    No 
existing lender is obligated to increase its commitment.  The Credit Agreement is secured by a first priority lien on 
substantially all of the Company’s assets.  The Credit Agreement contains restrictive covenants and events of default 
including the following: 

borrowings may not exceed 30% of the ERC of all its eligible asset pools plus 75% of its eligible accounts 
receivable; 

the consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) cannot exceed 2.0 to 1.0 as of the end 
of any fiscal quarter; 

consolidated Tangible Net Worth (as defined in the Credit Agreement) must equal or exceed $309,452,000 
plus 50% of positive cumulative consolidated net income for each fiscal quarter beginning with the quarter 
ended December 31, 2010, plus 50% of the cumulative net proceeds of any equity offering; 

capital expenditures during any fiscal year cannot exceed $20 million; 

cash dividends and distributions during any fiscal year cannot exceed $20 million; 

77 

20124,045$                    20133,29120142,45320151,92920161,466Thereafter1,41214,596$                   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

stock repurchases during the term of the agreement cannot exceed $100 million; 

permitted  acquisitions  (as  defined  in  the  Credit  Agreement)  during  any  fiscal  year  cannot  exceed  $100 
million; 

the  Company  must  maintain  positive  consolidated  income  from  operations  (as  defined  in  the  Credit 
Agreement) during any fiscal quarter; and 

restrictions on changes in control. 

The revolving credit facility also bears an unused commitment fee of 0.375% per annum, payable quarterly in 

arrears. 

The  Company  had  $220.0  million  and  $300.0  million  of  borrowings  outstanding  on  its  credit  facility  as  of 
December  31,  2011  and  2010,  respectively,  of  which  $50  million  represented  borrowing  under  the  non-revolving 
fixed rate loan at both dates.  At December 31, 2011, the Company’s borrowings under its revolving credit facility 
consisted of 30-day Eurodollar rate loans and base rate loans with a weighted average annual interest rate equal to 
3.16%. 

The Company was in compliance with all covenants of its credit facility as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. 

9. 

Property and Equipment, net: 

Property  and  equipment,  at  cost,  consist  of  the  following  as  of  December  31,  2011  and  2010  (amounts  in 

thousands): 

Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  relating  to  property  and  equipment  for  the  years  ended  December  31, 

2011, 2010 and 2009 was $8.1 million, $7.2 million and $6.5 million, respectively. 

The  Company,  in  accordance  with  the  guidance  of  FASB  ASC  Topic  350-40 ―Internal-Use Software‖ (―ASC 
350-40‖),  capitalizes  qualifying  computer  software  costs  incurred  during  the  application  development  stage  and 
amortizes  them  over  their  estimated  useful  life  of  three  to  seven  years  on  a  straight-line  basis  beginning when  the 
project is completed.  Costs associated with preliminary project stage activities, training, maintenance and all other 
post implementation stage activities are expensed as incurred.  The Company’s policy provides for the capitalization 
of  certain  direct  payroll costs  for  employees  who  are  directly  associated  with  internal  use  computer  software 
projects, as well as external direct costs of services associated with developing or obtaining internal use software.  
Capitalizable personnel costs are limited to the time directly spent on such projects.  As of December 31, 2011 and 
2010, the Company has incurred and capitalized $6.1 million and $4.2 million, respectively, of these direct payroll 
costs related to software developed for internal use.   As of both December 31, 2011 and 2010, $1.3 million of these 
costs are for projects that are in the development stage and therefore are a component of ―Other assets.‖  Once the 
projects  are  completed  the  costs  will  be  transferred  to  Software  and  amortized  over  their  estimated  useful  life  of 
three  to  seven  years.   Amortization  expense  and  remaining  unamortized  costs  relating  to  this  internally  developed 
software  as  of  and  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011  were  $0.8  million  and  $3.3  million,  respectively.  

78 

20112010Software25,252$                    21,014$                  Computer equipment12,22110,697Furniture and fixtures6,5016,147Equipment7,7987,498Leasehold improvements6,1174,574Building and improvements6,9876,045Land1,269992Accumulated depreciation and amortization(40,418)(32,697)Property and equipment, net25,727$                    24,270$                   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Amortization expense and remaining unamortized costs relating to this internally developed software as of and for 
the year ended December 31, 2010 were $0.4 million and $2.2 million, respectively. 

10.  Long-Term Debt: 

On February 6, 2009, the Company entered into a commercial loan agreement to finance computer software and 
equipment purchases in the amount of approximately $2.0 million.  The loan is collateralized by the related computer 
software  and  equipment.    The  loan  is  a  three  year  loan  with  a  fixed  rate  of  4.78%  with  monthly  installments, 
including interest, of $60,823 beginning on March 31, 2009, and it matures on February 28, 2012. 

On December 15, 2010, the Company entered into a commercial loan agreement to finance computer software 
and  equipment  purchases  in  the  amount  of  approximately  $1.6  million.    The  loan  is  collateralized  by  the  related 
computer  software  and  equipment.    The  loan  is  a  three  year  loan  with  a  fixed  rate  of  3.69%  with  monthly 
installments, including interest, of $46,108 beginning on January 15, 2011, and it matures on December 15, 2013. 

11.  Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures: 

In accordance with the disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 825, ―Financial Instruments‖ (―ASC 825‖), 
the table below summarizes fair value estimates for the Company’s financial instruments. The total of the fair value 
calculations  presented  does  not  represent,  and  should  not  be  construed  to  represent,  the  underlying  value  of  the 
Company.    The  carrying  amounts  in  the  table  are  recorded  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  under  the  indicated 
captions (amounts in thousands): 

Disclosure  of  the  estimated  fair  values  of  financial  instruments  often  requires  the  use  of  estimates.    The 

Company uses the following methods and assumptions to estimate the fair value of financial instruments: 

Cash and cash equivalents:  The carrying amount approximates fair value. 

Finance receivables, net:  The Company records purchased receivables at cost, which represents a significant 
discount  from  the  contractual  receivable  balances  due.    The  Company  computed  the  estimated  fair  value  of  these 
receivables using proprietary pricing models that the Company utilizes to make portfolio purchase decisions.  

Line  of credit:   The carrying amount approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the interest rate 

periods. 

Long-term  debt:    The  carrying  amount  approximates  fair  value,  as  the  interest  rates  approximate  the  rate 

currently offered to the Company for similar debt instruments of comparable maturities by the Company’s bankers. 

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company did not account for any financial assets or financial liabilities 

at fair value. 

79 

Carrying AmountEstimated Fair ValueCarrying AmountEstimated Fair ValueFinancial assets:Cash and cash equivalents26,697$          26,697$          41,094$               41,094$          Finance receivables, net926,7341,269,277831,3301,126,340Financial liabilities:Line of credit220,000$      220,000$      300,000$            300,000$      Long-tern debt1,2461,2462,3962,39620112010 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

12.  Share-Based Compensation:  

The Company has a stock option and nonvested share plan.  The Company created the 2002 Stock Option Plan 
(the ―Plan‖) on November 7, 2002.  The Plan was amended in 2004 (the ―Amended Plan‖) to enable the Company to 
issue nonvested shares of stock to its employees and directors.  On March 19, 2010, the Company adopted a 2010 
Stock Plan, which was approved by its shareholders at the 2010 Annual Meeting.  The 2010 Stock Plan is a further 
amendment  to  the  Amended  Plan,  and  contains,  among  other  things,  specific  performance  metrics  with  respect  to 
performance-based  stock  awards.  Up  to  2,000,000  shares  of  common  stock  may  be  issued  under  the  2010  Stock 
Plan.  

As of December 31, 2011, total future compensation costs related to nonvested awards of nonvested shares (not 
including nonvested shares granted under the Long-Term Incentive Program (―LTI‖)) is estimated to be $3.2 million 
with a weighted average remaining life for all nonvested shares of 1.8 years (not including nonvested shares granted 
under the LTI Programs).  As of December 31, 2011, there are no future compensation costs related to stock options 
and there are no remaining vested stock options to be exercised.  Based upon historical data, the Company used an 
annual forfeiture rate  of 14% for stock options and 15-40% for nonvested shares for most of the employee grants. 
Grants  made  to  key  employees  and  directors  of  the  Company were assumed to have no forfeiture rates associated 
with them due to the historically low turnover among this group.   

Total  share-based  compensation  expense  was  $7.8  million,  $4.2  million  and  $3.8  million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The Company, in conjunction with the renewal of employment 
agreements with its Named Executive Officers and other senior executives, awarded nonvested shares which vested 
on  January  1,  2009.    As  a  result  of  the  vesting  of  these  shares,  the  Company  recorded  stock-based  compensation 
expense  in  connection  with  these  shares,  in  the  amount  of  approximately  $1.4  million  during  2009.   Tax  benefits 
resulting  from  tax  deductions  in  excess  of  share-based  compensation  expense  recognized  under  the  fair  value 
recognition provisions of ASC 718 (windfall tax benefits) are credited to additional paid-in capital in the Company’s 
Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Realized tax shortfalls are first offset against the cumulative balance of windfall tax 
benefits,  if  any,  and  then  charged  directly to income  tax expense.   The total tax benefit realized from share-based 
compensation expense was approximately $2.1 million, $0.9 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 
31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

Stock Options  

All of the stock options were issued to employees of the Company except for 40,000 that were issued to non-
employee directors.   Non-employee directors were granted 20,000 stock options in 2004.  No stock options were 
granted in 2011, 2010 or 2009.  The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 
2011, 2010 and 2009, was approximately $0.1 million, $0.1 million, and $2.7 million, respectively.   

The following summarizes all option related transactions from December 31, 2008 through December 31, 2011 

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts): 

The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the value of the stock options when 
granted.  This model was developed to estimate the fair value of traded options, which have different characteristics 
than  employee  stock  options.    In  addition,  changes  to  the  subjective  input  assumptions  can  result  in  materially 

80 

Options OutstandingWeighted-Average Exercise Price Per ShareWeighted-Average Fair Value Per ShareDecember 31, 2008123               17.24                                 3.21                           Exercised(116)              16.51                                 3.24                           December 31, 20097                   29.41$                               2.70$                         Exercised(2)                  28.45                                 2.92                           December 31, 20105                   29.79                                 2.62                           Exercised(5)                  29.79                                 2.62                           December 31, 2011-                -$                                   -$                            
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

different  fair  market  value  estimates.    Therefore,  the  Black-Scholes  model  may  not  necessarily  provide  a  reliable 
single measure of the fair value of employee stock options.  

Nonvested Shares 

With the exception of the awards made pursuant to the LTI program and a few employee and director grants, the 
terms of the nonvested share awards are similar to those of the stock option awards, wherein the nonvested shares 
vest ratably over five years and are expensed over their vesting period.   

The  following  summarizes  all  nonvested share transactions, excluding those related to the  LTI program, from 

December 31, 2008 through December 31, 2011 (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts): 

The total grant date fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, was 

$3.0 million, $1.5 million and $3.0 million, respectively. 

Long-Term Incentive Programs 

Pursuant to the Amended Plan, on January 20, 2009, January 14, 2010 and January 14, 2011, the Compensation 
Committee  approved  the  grant  of  108,720,  53,656  and  73,914  performance  and  market  based  nonvested  shares, 
respectively.  All shares granted under the LTI Programs were granted to key employees of the Company.  The 2009 
grant is performance based and cliff vests after the requisite service period of two to three years if certain financial 
goals are met.  The goals are based upon diluted earnings per share (―EPS‖) totals for 2009, the return on owners’ 
equity for the three year period beginning on January 1, 2009 and ending December 31, 2011, and the relative total 
shareholder return as compared to a peer group for the same three year period.  For each component, the number of 
shares vested can double if the financial goals are exceeded and no shares will vest if the financial goals are not met.  
The  Company  is  expensing  the  nonvested  share  grant  over  the  requisite  service  period  of  two  to  three  years 
beginning  on  January  1,  2009.    The  EPS  component  of  the  2009  plan  was  not  achieved  and  therefore  no 
compensation expense was recognized relative  to this component.   The  return on owners’ equity and relative total 
shareholder  return  components  have  been  achieved  at  98%  and  145%,  respectively,  and  will  be  awarded  to  the 
participants by March 31, 2012. 

The  2010  grant  is  performance  based  and  cliff  vests  after  the requisite service  period of two to three years if 
certain financial goals are met.  The goals are based upon diluted EPS totals for 2010, the return on owners’ equity 
for  the  three  year  period  beginning  on  January  1,  2010  and  ending  December  31,  2012,  and  the  relative  total 
shareholder return as compared to a peer group for the same three year period.  For each component, the number of 

81 

Nonvested Shares OutstandingWeighted-Average Price at Grant DateDecember 31, 200898                             41.60$                           Granted 70                             34.22                             Vested(82)                           36.62                             Cancelled(5)                             42.20                             December 31, 200981                             40.24                             Granted 57                             53.06                             Vested(37)                           41.46                             Cancelled(10)                           39.61                             December 31, 201091                             47.89                             Granted 48                             76.59                             Vested(53)                           55.97                             Cancelled(5)                             50.34                             December 31, 201181                             59.31$                            
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

shares vested can double if the financial goals are exceeded and no shares will vest if the financial goals are not met.  
The  EPS component of the 2010 plan was achieved at 190% and these shares vest at 50% on both December 31, 
2011 and December 31, 2012. The Company is expensing the nonvested share grant over the requisite service period 
of two to three years beginning on January 1, 2010.  If the Company believes that the number of shares granted will 
be  more  or  less  than  originally  projected,  an  adjustment  to  the  expense  will  be  made  at  that  time  based  on  the 
probable outcome.   

The  2011  grant  is  performance  based  and  cliff  vests  after  the requisite service  period of two to three years if 
certain financial goals are met.  The goals are based upon the Company’s EBITDA for 2011, the return on owners’ 
equity for the three year period beginning on January 1, 2011 and ending December 31, 2013, and the relative total 
shareholder return as compared to a peer group for the same three year period.  For each component, the number of 
shares vested can double if the financial goals are exceeded and no shares will vest if the financial goals are not met.  
The  Company  is  expensing  the  nonvested  share  grant  over  the  requisite  service  period  of  two  to  three  years 
beginning on January 1, 2011.  If the Company believes that the number of shares granted will be more or less than 
originally  projected,  an  adjustment to the  expense will be  made at that time based on the probable outcome.   The 
EBITDA component was achieved at 200% and the shares will vest at 50% at both December 31, 2012 and 2013. 

At  December  31,  2011,  total  future  compensation  costs,  assuming  the  current  estimated  levels  are  achieved, 
related  to  nonvested  share  awards  granted  under  the  2009,  2010  and  2011  LTI  programs  are  estimated  to  be 
approximately $6.2 million.  The Company assumed a 7.5% forfeiture rate for this grant and the remaining shares 
have a weighted average life of 1.1 years at December 31, 2011. 

13.  Earnings per Share:  

Basic  earnings  per  share  (―EPS‖)  are  computed  by  dividing  net  income available to common shareholders by 
weighted average common shares outstanding.  Diluted EPS are computed using the same components as basic EPS 
with  the  denominator  adjusted  for  the  dilutive  effect  of  stock  options  and  nonvested  share  awards.    Share-based 
awards that are contingent upon the attainment of performance goals are not included in the computation of diluted 
EPS  until  the  performance  goals  have  been  attained.    The  dilutive  effect  of  stock options and  nonvested shares is 
computed using the treasury stock method, which assumes any proceeds that could be obtained upon the exercise of 
stock options and vesting of nonvested shares would be used to purchase common shares at the average market price 
for the period. The assumed proceeds include the windfall tax benefit that would be received upon assumed exercise. 
The following table provides a reconciliation between the computation of basic EPS and diluted EPS  for the years 
ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts): 

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, there were no antidilutive options outstanding. 

14.  Stockholders’ Equity: 

On February 22, 2010, the Company closed on a public stock offering filed under a shelf registration statement 
that was filed during the third quarter of 2009.  As a result of the filing, the Company sold a total of 1,437,500 shares 
of  its  common  stock  at  a  price  to  the  public  of  $52.50  per  share.    The  Company  received  net  proceeds  from  the 
offering  of  approximately  $71.7  million,  after  deducting  the  underwriting discounts and commissions and offering 
expenses.  The Company used the net proceeds of the offering primarily to repay a portion of the debt outstanding 
under its then existing $365 million revolving credit facility. 

82 

201120102009Weighted AverageWeighted AverageWeighted AverageNet IncomeCommon SharesEPSNet IncomeCommon SharesEPSNet IncomeCommon SharesEPSBasic EPS$100,79117,110$5.89$73,45416,820$4.37$44,30615,420$2.87Dilutive effect of nonvestedshare awards1206534Diluted EPS$100,79117,230$5.85$73,45416,885$4.35$44,30615,454$2.87For the years ended December 31, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

15. 

Income Taxes: 

The  Company records an income  tax provision for the  anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of 
operations.  In accordance with ASC 740, the provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability 
method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of 
temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses 
and tax credit carry-forwards.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates 
that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized 
or settled.   

The  guidance  of  ASC  740  prescribes  a  recognition  threshold  and  measurement  attribute  for  the  financial 
statement  recognition  and  measurement  of  a  tax  position  taken  or  expected  to  be  taken  in  a  tax  return.    It  also 
provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure 
and transition.  The evaluation of a tax position in accordance with the guidance is a two-step process.  The first step 
is recognition: the enterprise determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon 
examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the 
position.  In evaluating whether a tax position has met the more likely than not recognition threshold, the enterprise 
should  presume  that  the  position  will  be  examined  by  the  appropriate  taxing  authority  that  would  have  full 
knowledge  of all relevant information.  The second step is measurement: a tax position that meets the more likely 
than  not  recognition  threshold  is  measured  to  determine  the  amount  of  benefit  to  recognize  in  the  financial 
statements.    The  tax  position  is  measured as the  largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of 
being  realized  upon  ultimate  settlement.    Tax  positions  that  previously  failed  to  meet  the  more  likely  than  not 
recognition threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold 
is met.  Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more likely than not recognition threshold should 
be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met.   

There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. 

The Company was notified on June 21, 2007 that it was being examined by the IRS for the 2005 calendar year. 
The IRS concluded the audit and on March 19, 2009 issued Form 4549-A, Income Tax Examination Changes, for 
tax  years  ended  December 31,  2007,  2006  and  2005.  The  IRS  has  asserted  that  cost  recovery  for  tax  revenue 
recognition  does  not  clearly  reflect  taxable  income  and  that  unused  line  fees  paid  on  credit  facilities  should  be 
capitalized and amortized rather than taken as a current deduction. The Company believes it has sufficient support 
for the technical merits of its positions and that it is more likely than not these positions will ultimately be sustained; 
therefore,  a  reserve  for  uncertain  tax  positions  is  not  necessary. On  April 22,  2009,  the  Company  filed  a  formal 
protest of the findings contained in the examination report prepared by the IRS. On August 26, 2011, the IRS issued 
a Notice of Deficiency for the tax years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005.  There are three possible courses 
of action in response to a Notice of Deficiency: (1) pay the assessment and close the audit, (2)  pay the assessed tax 
and  interest  and  then  file  a  refund  suit  in  United  States  District  Court,  or  (3)  file  a  petition  in  United  States  Tax 
Court,  which  does  not  require  a  payment  up  front  of  the  assessed  tax  and  interest.   On  November  2,  2011,  the 
Company filed a petition in United States Tax Court.  If the Company is unsuccessful in tax court, it can appeal to 
the federal Circuit Court of Appeals.   Payment of the assessed taxes and interest could have an adverse affect on the 
Company’s financial condition, be material to the Company’s results of operations, and  possibly require additional 
financing from other sources.  In accordance with the Internal Revenue Code, underpayments of federal tax accrue 
interest, compounded daily, at the applicable federal short term rate plus three percentage points.  An additional two 
percentage points applies to large corporate underpayments of $100,000 or more to periods after the applicable date 
as  defined  in  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.   The  Company  files  taxes  in  multiple  state  jurisdictions;  therefore,  any 
underpayment of state tax will accrue interest in accordance with the respective state statute.  On June 30, 2011, the 
Company was notified by the IRS that the audit period will be expanded to include the tax years ended December 31, 
2009 and 2008. 

At December 31, 2011, the tax years subject to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions, including the IRS, 
are  2003, 2005 and subsequent years.  The 2003 tax year remains open to examination because of a net operating 
loss that originated in that year but was not fully utilized until the 2005 tax year.  The examination periods for the 
2007,  2006  and  2005  tax  years  were  extended  through  December  31,  2011;  however,  because  the  IRS  issued  the 
Notice of Deficiency prior to December 31, 2011, the period for assessment is suspended until a decision of the Tax 
Court becomes final. 

83 

 
 
 
 
   
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

ASC  740  requires  the  recognition  of  interest,  if  the  tax  law  would  require  interest  to  be  paid  on  the 
underpayment of taxes, and recognition of penalties, if a tax position does not meet the minimum statutory threshold 
to avoid payment of penalties.  No interest or penalties were accrued at December 31, 2011 or 2010. 

The income tax expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is comprised of the 

following (amounts in thousands):   

The Company has recognized a net deferred tax liability of $193.9 million and $165.0 million as of December 
31,  2011  and  2010,  respectively.    The  components  of  the  net  deferred  tax  liability  are  as  follows  (amounts  in 
thousands): 

84 

For the year ended December 31, 2011:FederalStateTotalCurrent tax expense31,185$                  6,207$                 37,392$              Deferred tax expense24,054                    4,873                   28,927                Total income tax expense55,239$                  11,080$               66,319$              For the year ended December 31, 2010:Current tax benefit(481)$                      (8)$                      (489)$                  Deferred tax expense40,163                    7,330                   47,493                Total income tax expense39,682$                  7,322$                 47,004$              For the year ended December 31, 2009:Current tax (benefit)/expense(707)$                      177$                    (530)$                  Deferred tax expense24,645                    4,282                   28,927                Total income tax expense23,938$                  4,459$                 28,397$              20112010Deferred tax assets:Employee compensation3,313$                    1,794$                 Allowance for doubtful accounts752                         879                      State tax credit carryforward685                         774                      State net operating loss carryforward45                           2,564                   Accrued liabilities1,365                      864                      Guaranteed payments488                         243                      Leases444                         350                      Other300                         420                      Total deferred tax assets7,392                      7,888                   Deferred tax liabilities:Depreciation expense4,088                      2,352                   Intangible assets and goodwill628                         77                        Prepaid expenses1,128                      776                      Other110                         -                      Use of cost recovery for income tax purposes 195,336                  169,654               Total deferred tax liability201,290                  172,859               Net deferred tax liability193,898$                164,971$              
 
 
  
 
 
       
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

A  valuation  allowance  has  not  been  provided  at  December  31,  2011 or 2010 since management believes it is 
more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.  In the event that all or part of the deferred tax assets 
are  determined  not  to  be  realizable  in  the  future,  an  adjustment  to  the  valuation  allowance  would  be  charged  to 
earnings  in  the  period  such  determination  is  made.  Similarly,  if  the  Company  subsequently  realizes  deferred  tax 
assets  that  were  previously  determined  to  be  unrealizable,  the  respective  valuation  allowance  would  be  reversed, 
resulting in a positive adjustment to earnings in the period such determination is made. In addition, the calculation of 
tax  liabilities involves significant judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties in the application of complex 
tax  laws.  Resolution  of  these  uncertainties  in  a  manner  inconsistent  with  management's  expectations  could  have  a 
material impact on the Company's results of operations and financial position.  At December 31, 2011, the Company 
had  state  income  tax  credit  carryforwards  of  approximately  $1.1 million which will begin to expire starting in the 
year ending December 31, 2021.  The Company also incurred state net operating loss carryforwards in 2010, 2009 
and  2008  of  approximately  $3.3  million,  $2.0  million  and  $2.1  million,  respectively,  of  which  approximately 
$191,000 will begin to expire starting in the year ending December 31, 2013 and the remainder starting in the year 
ending December 31, 2018. 

The Company believes cost recovery to be an acceptable tax revenue recognition method for companies in the 
bad debt purchasing industry and results in  a temporary difference between financial reporting income and taxable 
income  as,  for  tax  purposes,  collections  on  finance  receivables  are  applied  first  to  principal  to  reduce  the  finance 
receivables to zero before any taxable income is recognized. The temporary difference from the use of cost recovery 
for income tax purposes resulted in a deferred tax liability at December 31, 2011 and 2010.  

A reconciliation of the Company’s expected tax expense at the statutory federal tax rate to actual tax expense for 

the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 consists of the following components (amounts in thousands): 

16.  Commitments and Contingencies: 

Employment Agreements:  

The Company has employment agreements, most of which expire on December 31, 2014, with all of its executive 
officers  and  with  several  members  of  its  senior  management  group.    Such  agreements  provide  for  base  salary 
payments as well as bonuses which are based on the attainment of specific management goals.  Future compensation 
under  these  agreements  is  approximately  $22.7  million.    The  agreements  also  contain  confidentiality  and  non-
compete provisions. 

Litigation:  

The Company is from time to time subject to routine legal claims and proceedings, most of which are incidental 
to  the  ordinary  course  of  its  business.    The  Company  initiates  lawsuits  against  customers  and  is  occasionally 
countersued by them in such actions.  Also, customers, either individually, as members of a class action, or through a 
governmental entity on behalf of customers, may initiate litigation against the Company in which they allege that the 
Company  has  violated  a  state  or  federal  law  in  the  process  of  collecting  on  an account.  From time to time, other 
types of lawsuits are brought against the Company. 

The Company accrues for potential liability arising from legal proceedings when it is probable that such liability 
has  been  incurred  and  the  amount  of  the  loss  can  be  reasonably  estimated.   This  determination  is  based  upon 
currently  available  information  for  those  proceedings  in  which  the  Company  is  involved,  taking  into  account  the 
Company’s  best  estimate  of  such  losses  for  those  cases  for  which  such  estimates  can  be  made.    The  Company’s 
estimate involves significant judgment, given the varying stages of the proceedings (including the fact that many of 
them  are  currently  in  preliminary  stages),  the  number  of  unresolved  issues  in  many  of  the  proceedings  (including 

85 

201120102009Expected tax expense at statutory federal rates58,612$                  42,306$               25,446$              State tax expense, net of federal tax benefit7,379                      4,759                   2,706                  Other328                         (61)                      245                     Total income tax expense66,319$                  47,004$               28,397$               
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

issues regarding class certification and the scope of many of the claims), and the related uncertainty of the potential 
outcomes of these proceedings.  In making determinations of the likely outcome of the pending litigation disclosed 
below, the Company considers many factors, including, but not limited to, the nature of the claims, the Company's 
experience with similar types of claims, the jurisdiction in which the matter is filed, input from outside legal counsel, 
the  likelihood  of  resolving  the  matter  through  alternative  mechanisms,  the  matter's  current  status  and the damages 
sought  or  demands  made.    Accordingly,  the  Company’s  estimate  will  change  from  time  to  time,  and  actual  losses 
may be more than the current estimate.   

The  Company  believes,  based  upon  its  current  knowledge  and  after  consultation  with  counsel,  that  the  legal 
proceedings currently pending against it should not, either individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse 
impact on the Company’s financial condition.  However, it is possible, in light of the uncertainties involved in such 
proceedings or due to unexpected future developments, that an unfavorable resolution of a legal proceeding or claim 
could  occur  which  may  be  material  to  the  Company’s  results  of  operations  for  a  particular  period.   The  matters 
described below fall outside of the normal parameters of the Company’s routine legal proceedings.  

On December 6, 2011, the Missouri Supreme Court declined to hear the Missouri Attorney General's appeal of 
an earlier dismissal by the Missouri Court of Appeals of a lawsuit brought by the Missouri Attorney General against 
PRA's subsidiary, Portfolio Recovery Associates, LLC.  As a result, this matter is now concluded. 

The  Company  has  been  named  as  defendant  in  the  following  five  putative  class  action  cases,  each  of  which 
alleges that it violated the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (―TCPA‖) by calling consumers’ cellular telephones 
without their prior express consent: Allen v. Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., Case No. 10-cv-2658, instituted in 
the United States District Court for the Southern District of California on December 23, 2010; Meyer v. Portfolio 
Recovery Associates, LLC, Case No. 37-2011-00083047, instituted in the Superior Court of California, San Diego 
County on January 3, 2011; Frydman v. Portfolio Recovery Associates, LLC, Case No. 11-cv-524, instituted in the 
United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois on January 31, 2011; Bartlett v. Portfolio Recovery 
Associates,  LLC,  Case  No.  11-cv-0624,  instituted  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  Northern  District  of 
Georgia on March 1, 2011; and Harvey v. Portfolio Recovery Associates, LLC, Case No. 11-cv-00582, instituted in 
the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  Middle  District  of  Florida  on  April  8,  2011.   Each  of  the  foregoing 
complaints allege violations of the TCPA, and seek damages, injunctive relief and attorneys' fees.  On December 21, 
2011,  the  United  States  District  Panel  on  Multi-District  Litigation  entered  an  order  transferring  these  matters  into 
one consolidated proceeding in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California, case No. 11-
md-02295. 

These matters have only recently been consolidated, no litigation has proceeded on whether or not to certify a 
class  or  on  the  merits  of  the  allegations,  and  no  demand  has  been  made.    Further,  even  if  a  class  is  ultimately 
certified, further discovery must take place in order to determine its size.  Therefore; any potential loss for these and 
other similar TCPA matters, cannot be estimated at this time; however, in the event that a class is eventually certified 
and  it  neither  settles  nor  prevails  on  these  matters,  our  damages,  when  aggregated,  could  potentially  fall  within  a 
range  which  could  be  in  excess  of  its  established  liability,  and  could  be  material  to  the  Company’s  financial 
condition, results of operations or cash flows for any particular reporting period. 

the  Company’s  established 

Excluding the above TCPA matter and other matters, the high end of the range of potential litigation losses in 
excess  of 
than 
$1,000,000.  Notwithstanding  our  attempt  to  estimate  a  range  of  possible  losses  in  excess  of  the  Company's 
established  liability  based  on  current  information,  actual  future  losses may  exceed both the Company's established 
liability and the range of potential litigation losses disclosed in this item. 

liability is  currently  estimated  by  management 

to  be less 

Forward Flow Agreements: 

The  Company  is  party  to  several  forward  flow  agreements  that  allow  for  the  purchase  of  defaulted  consumer 
receivables  at  pre-established  prices.   The  maximum  remaining  amount  to  be  purchased  under  forward  flow 
agreements at December 31, 2011 is approximately $280.8 million. 

86 

 
 
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

17.  Subsequent Events: 

On January 16, 2012, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interest in Mackenzie Hall Holdings Limited 
(―MHH‖), a United Kingdom debt collection and purchase group. The transaction was completed in cash at a price 
of  £33.5  million  (approximately  $51.3  million).   The  Company financed the acquisition with borrowings under its 
existing  line  of  credit.    Based  in  Kilmarnock,  Scotland,  MHH  employs  approximately  170  people  and  offers 
outsourced and contingent consumer debt recovery on behalf of banks, credit providers and debt purchasers, as well 
as  distressed  and  dormant  niche  portfolio  purchasing.    The  acquisition  of  MHH  expands  the  Company’s  presence 
into  new  geographical  markets  outside  the  United  States,  further  diversifying  its  revenues  and  available  service 
offerings.   The Company will account for the  acquisition in accordance with ASC Topic 805 as of the acquisition 
date and will apply the provisions of ASC Topic 350 to the acquired intangible assets subsequent to the acquisition 
date.    Given  the  recent  timing  of  the  acquisition,  the  valuation  of  the  acquisition  has  not  yet  been  completed; 
therefore,  the  disclosures  of  the  fair  value  of  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  in  conjunction  with  the 
Company’s acquisition of MHH could not be made as of the date of this report. 

On February 2, 2012, the Board of Directors  of the Company authorized a share repurchase program of up to 
$100 million of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock.  The program will be administered by a special 
committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.  Repurchases would depend on prevailing market conditions and 
other factors.  The repurchase program may be suspended or discontinued at any time. 

87 

 
 
 
Item  9.  Changes  in  and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and  Financial 
Disclosure. 
None. 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.  We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed 
in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the 
SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including 
our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required 
disclosure.    In  designing  and  evaluating  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  management  recognized  that  any 
controls  and  procedures,  no  matter  how  well  designed  and  operated,  can  provide  only  reasonable  assurance  of 
achieving  the  desired  control  objectives,  and  management  necessarily  was  required  to  apply  its  judgment  in 
evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.  Also, projections of any evaluation of 
effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in 
conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.   

We conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer and 
principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period 
covered by this report.  Based on this evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer have 
concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.  

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There was no change in our internal control over financial 
reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 that has materially affected, or is reasonably 
likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Management's  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.   Our  management  is  responsible  for 
establishing  and  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.    Internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  is  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  as  a  process  designed  by,  or  under  the 
supervision  of,  the  company's  principal  executive  and  principal  financial  officers  and  effected  by  the  company's 
board  of  directors,  management  and  other  personnel,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted accounting principles.  Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not 
prevent or detect misstatements.   

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and 
principal  financial  officer,  we  carried  out  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  based  on  the  framework  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  (―COSO‖)  of  the  Treadway  Commission.    Based  on  its  assessment,  management  has 
determined  that,  as  of  December  31,  2011,  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was effective based on the 
criteria set forth in the COSO framework.  The  Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG 
LLP, has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 
31, 2011, which is included herein. 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.: 

We have audited Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2011,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.’s management 
is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on 
Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting  (Item 9A).  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  Portfolio 
Recovery Associates, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about 
whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included 
obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control over financial reporting, assessing the  risk that a material weakness 
exists,  and  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed 
risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We 
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail, 
accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company; (2) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that 
could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate. 

In  our  opinion,  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control 
over  financial  reporting  as  of  December 31,  2011,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States), the consolidated balance sheets of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 
2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated income statements, and statements of changes in stockholders’ equity 
and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, 
and our report dated February 28, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Norfolk, Virginia 
February 28, 2012 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9B. Other Information. 

None. 

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. 

The  information  required  by  Item  10  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  sections  labeled  ―Security 
Ownership of Management and Directors,‖  ―Board of Directors,‖ ―Executive Officers,‖ ―Corporate Governance,‖  
―Committees  of  the  Board  of  Directors‖  and  ―Report  of the  Audit Committee‖  in the Company’s definitive Proxy 
Statement in connection with the Company’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation. 

The  information  required  by  Item  11  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  (a)  the  section  labeled 
―Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis‖  in  the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  in  connection  with  the 
Company’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and (b) the section labeled ―Compensation Committee Report‖ in 
the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the Company’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, 
which  section  (and  the  report  contained  therein)  shall  be  deemed  to  be  furnished  in  this  report  and  shall  not  be 
incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as 
a result of such furnishing in this Item 11. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management And Related              
Stockholder Matters. 

The  information  required  by  Item  12  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  section  labeled  ―Security 
Ownership  of  Management  and  Directors‖  in  the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  in  connection  with  the 
Company’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. 

The  information  required  by  Item  13  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  sections  labeled  ―Policies  for 
Approval of Related Party Transactions‖ and ―Director Independence‖ in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement 
in connection with the Company’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. 

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services. 

The  information  required  by  Item  14  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  section  labeled  ―Fees  Paid  to 
KPMG LLP‖ in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the Company’s 2012 Annual Meeting 
of Shareholders. 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules. 

(a)  Financial Statements. 

The following financial statements of the Company are included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm                                                                   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 
Consolidated Income Statements 

for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 

and Comprehensive Income 
for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(b)  Exhibits. 

Page 
 62 
63 

64 

65 

66 
       67-87 

2.1 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

Equity  Exchange  Agreement  between  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  L.L.C.  and  Portfolio 
Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 2.1  of  Amendment  No.  2  to  the 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on October 30, 2002). 
Seconded  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates, 
Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3.1  of  the  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  filed  on 
August 5, 2011). 
Second Amended and Restated By-Laws of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 
2009). 
Form of Common Stock Certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Amendment No. 1 
to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on October 15, 2002). 
Form  of  Warrant  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 4.2  of  Amendment  No.  2  to  the  
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on October 30, 2002). 
Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  1,  2011,  by  and  between  Steven  D.  Fredrickson  and 
Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.    (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  the  Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2011). 
Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  1,  2011,  by  and  between  Kevin  P.  Stevenson  and 
Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  of  the  Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2011). 
Employment  Agreement,  dated  December 1, 2011, by and between Judith S. Scott and Portfolio 
Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  of  the  Current  Report  on 
Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2011). 
Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2011, by and between Michael J. Petit and Portfolio 
Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  of  the  Current  Report  on 
Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2011). 
Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  1,  2011,  by  and  between  Peter  K.  McCammon  and 
Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5  of  the  Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2011). 
Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  1,  2011,  by  and  between  Neal  Stern  and  Portfolio 
Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.6  of  the  Current  Report  on 
Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2011). 
Portfolio Recovery Associates 2010 Stock Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2010). 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.8 

10.9 

Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.,  Annual  Bonus  Plan  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 
10.10 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2010). 
Credit Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2010, by and among Portfolio Recovery Associates, 
Inc.,  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  LLC,  PRA  Holding  I,  LLC,  PRA  Location  Services,  LLC, 
PRA  Government  Services,  LLC,  PRA  Receivables  Management,  LLC,  PRA  Holding  II,  LLC, 
PRA  Holding  III,  LLC,  MuniServices,  LLC,  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  as  administrative  agent, 
Wells  Fargo  Bank,  N.A.,  as  syndication  agent,  SunTrust  Bank,  as  documentation  agent,  Merrill 
Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner  &  Smith  Incorporated  and  Wells  Fargo  Securities,  LLC,  as  joint  lead 
arrangers  and  joint  book  managers,  and  the  lenders  party  thereto  (Incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2010). 

21.1       Subsidiaries of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (filed herewith).  
23.1 
24.1 
31.1 

Consent of KPMG LLP (filed herewith). 
Powers of Attorney (included on signature page) (filed herewith). 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 
2002 (filed herewith). 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 
2002 (filed herewith). 

31.2 

32.1      Certifications  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of 

the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith). 

92 

 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Dated:  February 28, 2012 

Dated:  February 28, 2012 

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
(Registrant) 

By: /s/ Steven D. Fredrickson 
Steven D. Fredrickson 
President, Chief Executive Officer  
and Chairman of the Board 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

By: /s/ Kevin P. Stevenson  
Kevin P. Stevenson 
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer,   
Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  of  the  undersigned  whose  signature  appears  below 
constitutes and appoints Steven D. Fredrickson and Kevin P. Stevenson, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with 
full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and on his behalf, and in his name, place and stead, in any and 
all  capacities  to  execute  and  sign  any  and all amendments or post-effective amendments to this Annual Report on 
Form  10-K,  and  to  file  the  same,  with  all  exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact or any of them 
or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof and the registrant hereby 
confers like authority on its behalf.  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Dated: February 28, 2012 

Dated: February 28, 2012 

Dated: February 28, 2012 

Dated: February 28, 2012 

Dated: February 28, 2012 

By: /s/ Steven D. Fredrickson 
Steven D. Fredrickson 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

By: /s/ Kevin P. Stevenson  
Kevin P. Stevenson 
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer,   
Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

By: /s/ John H. Fain     
John H. Fain 
Director 

By: /s/ John E. Fuller    
John E. Fuller 
Director 

By: /s/ Penelope W. Kyle   
Penelope W. Kyle 
Director 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dated: February 28, 2012 

Dated: February 28, 2012 

Dated: February 28, 2012 

By: /s/ David N. Roberts 
David N. Roberts 
Director 

By: /s/ Scott M. Tabakin 
Scott M. Tabakin 
Director 

 By: /s/ James M. Voss 
 James M. Voss 
 Director 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 21.1  
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant and Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization:  

Portfolio Recovery Associates, LLC – Delaware 

PRA Holding I, LLC – Virginia  

PRA Holding II, LLC – Virginia  

PRA Holding III, LLC – Virginia (Doing business as PRA Café) 

PRA Receivables Management, LLC – Virginia  

PRA Location Services, LLC – Delaware  

PRA Government Services, LLC – Delaware (Sometimes doing business as RDS and BPA) 

MuniServices, LLC – Delaware (Sometimes doing business as PRA Government Services) 

Claims Compensation Bureau, LLC – Delaware (The Registrant owns 62% of this subsidiary) 

PRA Professional Services, LLC – Virginia 

PRA Australia Pty Ltd – Australia 

PRA U.K. Holding Pty Ltd – United Kingdom (England and Wales) 

Mackenzie Hall Holdings, Limited. – United Kingdom (Scotland) (acquired on January 16, 2012) 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 23.1 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors  
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-110330 and No. 333-110331) 
on Form S-8 and the registration statement (No. 333-162224) on Form S-3 of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. of 
our  reports  dated  February 28,  2012,  with  respect  to  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Portfolio  Recovery 
Associates,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the  Company)  as  of  December 31,  2011  and  2010,  and  the  related  consolidated 
income statements, and statements of changes in stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for 
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and the effectiveness of internal control over 
financial  reporting  as  of  December 31,  2011,  which  reports  appear  in  the  December 31,  2011  annual  report  on 
Form 10-K of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Norfolk, Virginia 
February 28, 2012

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1 

I, Steven D. Fredrickson, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the  financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as 
of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls 
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial 
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed  such  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  controls  over  financial 
reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions  about  the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  of  the  end  of  the  period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred 
during  the  registrant's  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant's  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual 
report)  that  has  materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,  the registrant's internal control 
over financial reporting; and 

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial 
reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize 
and report financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 

the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  February 28, 2012 

 By: /s/ Steven D. Fredrickson 
Steven D. Fredrickson 
Chief Executive Officer, President and 
Chairman of the Board of Directors 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

I, Kevin P. Stevenson, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were 
made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and 
for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed  such  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  controls  over  financial 
reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions  about  the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  of  the  end  of  the  period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred 
during  the  registrant's  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant's  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual 
report)  that  has  materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,  the registrant's internal control 
over financial reporting; and 

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial 
reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize 
and report financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 

the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  February 28, 2012 

By: /s/ Kevin P. Stevenson  
Kevin P. Stevenson 
Chief  Financial  and  Administrative 
Officer,  Executive  Vice  President, 
Treasurer and Assistant Secretary 
(Principal  Financial  and  Accounting 
Officer) 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32.1  

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO  
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the 
"Report"), I, Steven D. Fredrickson, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board of the Company, 
certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 
that: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934; and 

(2)  The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and 
results of operations of the Company. 

Date:  February 28, 2012 

By: /s/ Steven D. Fredrickson 
Steven D. Fredrickson 
Chief Executive Officer, President and  
Chairman of the Board of Directors 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO  
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the 
"Report"), I, Kevin P. Stevenson, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, Executive Vice President, Treasurer 
and Assistant Secretary of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934; and 

(2)  The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and 
results of operations of the Company. 

Date:  February 28, 2012 

By: /s/ Kevin P. Stevenson  
Kevin P. Stevenson 
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer,  
Executive  Vice  President,  Treasurer  and 
Assistant Secretary 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Information

Stock Exchange Listing

Portfolio Recovery Associates’ common stock 

trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market 

under the symbol “PRAA.” 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

17 Battery Place, 8th Floor

New York, New York 10004

Tel.: 212-509-4000

Fax: 212-509-5150

Auditors

KPMG LLP

Norfolk, Virginia

Legal Counsel

Dechert, LLP

New York, New York

Financial Publications/ 
Investor Inquiries

Shareholders may acquire copies of the 2011  

Annual Report or Form 10-K, and other filed  

documents by visiting the Company’s website at 

www.portfoliorecovery.com or by writing to us at:

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.

Attn: Investor Relations

120 Corporate Blvd., Suite 100

Norfolk, Virginia 23502

The Company’s SEC fillings also are available online  

at www.sec.gov under the ticker symbol ”PRAA.”

Price Range of Common Stock

The following table sets forth the high and low sales 

price for the Company’s common stock for the year 

ended December 31, 2011.

2011

High

$90.95

Low

$56.76

As of February 3, 2012, there were 55 holders of 

record of the Company’s common stock. Based on 

information provided by our transfer agent and 

registrar, we believe that there are 23,784 beneficial 

owners of the Company’s common stock.

17

Operating Principles

Portfolio Recovery Associates experienced a year of exceptional growth due to its sustainable 

business model and its reliance on well-established operating principles. In 2011, and for the first 

time since these principles were first published in 2002, the company took a fresh look to better 

define for shareholders these principles that continue to be the foundation of how we operate.

Set the Bar for Disclosure  
and Transparency 

Focus on Profitable Growth

Growth for growth’s sake drives down productivity, 

we are honest and open with shareholders and 

margin and net income. we maintain a base of 

keep them up to date with important news and 

experienced, highly productive employees and add  

developments. our goal is to set the standard by 

new employees opportunistically to support growth.

which companies in our industry are measured.

Encourage Senior Managers to  
Hold Stock

one of the greatest testaments to our belief in PrA 

is our ownership of the company. Many of our senior 

managers have a significant portion of their net worth 

invested in the company. we expect and encourage  

our senior managers to retain substantial stock 

ownership positions – common stock, not just  

options – throughout their tenure.

Create Careers, Not Just Jobs

In a people-intensive business like ours, it is crucial  

to provide ongoing employee skill development.  

this raises each person’s performance level and  
drives PrA’s growth and profitability. 

Invest Carefully with a Long-Term View 

we build a diverse portfolio across business lines and 

stay true to our methodology. we make sure each 

investment, whether it’s a portfolio or a business, 

has been reviewed, assessed objectively and priced to 

achieve appropriate returns.

Contain Costs, Boost Productivity 

to keep costs low and productivity high, we  

operate fewer, larger call centers. we develop  

and retain great employees to deliver great  

customer service.

Maintain a Conservative  
Capital Structure

we keep debt levels as low as possible. we  

borrow prudently to expand and to build a  

more integrated business. 

18

Corporate Governance

Management

Steve Fredrickson

Chairman, President  
and Chief Executive 
Officer

Judith Scott
Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and 
Secretary

Kevin Stevenson

Executive Vice President, 
Chief Financial and 
Administrative Officer, 
Treasurer and Assistant 
Secretary 

Kent McCammon
President, Revenue  
Enhancement Services  
and Business 
Development

Neal Stern
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Operations Officer, 
Owned Portfolios

Mike Petit
President, Bankruptcy 
Services

Chris Graves
Senior Vice President,  
Core Acquisitions

Michelle Link
Senior Vice President,
Human Resources

Rick Goulart
Vice President,
Corporate 
Communications

Board of Directors

Steve Fredrickson
Chairman of the 
Board

David Roberts
Lead Director 

John Fain
Director

John Fuller
Director

Penelope Kyle
Director

Scott Tabakin
Director 

James Voss
Director

19

 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Riverside Commerce Center
120 Corporate Blvd., Suite 100
Norfolk, Virginia 23502

20